Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management - Leveraged / Card Factory

Card Factory

card · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker card
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management - Leveraged
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Card Factory
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

9

 
 
 
 
Company Overview

Welcome to  
Card Factory is the UK’s leading specialist 
retailer of greeting cards, dressings and gifts.

Card Factory focuses on the value and mid-market segments of the UK’s large 
and resilient greeting cards market, in addition to offering customers a range 
of complementary products associated with card giving occasions.

Card Factory’s mission is to help customers celebrate their life moments by 
providing a range of quality cards, wrap, dressings, party and gifting products 
at value prices. The Group principally operates through its nationwide chain 
of over 950 Card Factory stores, as well as through its transactional web sites: 
www.cardfactory.co.uk and www.gettingpersonal.co.uk.

Contents

Strategic Report

Financials

78 
87 
88 

89 
90 
91 
92 
117 
118 
119 
120 

Independent auditor’s report
Consolidated income statement
Consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income
Consolidated statement of financial position
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Consolidated cash flow statement
Notes to the financial statements
Parent Company statement of financial position
Parent Company statement of changes in equity
Parent Company cash flow statement
Notes to the Parent Company financial 
statements

Company Information

127 

Advisors and Contacts

1 
2 
4 
6 
12 
14 
16 
20 
24 
29 

Financial Highlights
At a Glance
Market Overview
Business Model
Our Four Pillar Strategy
Chairman’s Statement
Chief Executive Officer’s Review
Chief Financial Officer’s Review
Principal Risks and Uncertainties
Corporate Social Responsibility Report

Governance

38 
41 
42 
50 

51 
54 

56 
71 
72 
74 
77 

Directors and Officers
Chairman’s Letter – Corporate Governance
Corporate Governance Report
Chairman’s Letter – Audit and Risk 
Committee
Audit and Risk Committee Report
Chairman’s Letter – Remuneration 
Committee
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Chairman’s Letter – Nomination Committee
Nomination Committee Report
Directors’ Report
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

2.4m

Customers 
per week

3bn

Cards sold 
since 2005

4000

New card 
designs in 
2018

Financial Highlights

Group Revenue
£436.0m 

Increase of 3.3%

Net New Store Openings
51 

Total UK and Ireland Store Estate 972

Like-for-like Store Sales1
-0.5% 

Total Card Factory Like-for-like Sales1
-0.1% 

Online Revenue
£20.4m 

Underlying EBITDA2
£89.4m 

FY18: £20.4m

Decrease of 4.9%

Underlying EBITDA Margin
20.5% 

FY18: 22.3%

Operating Profit
£70.8m 

Decrease of 6.2%

Operating Profit Margin
16.2% 

FY18: 17.9%

Underlying Profit Before Tax
£74.6m 

FY18: £80.5m

Statutory Profit Before Tax3
£66.6m 

FY18: £72.6m

Leverage4
1.58x 

FY18: 1.72x

Total Ordinary Dividend5
9.3p 

FY18: 9.3p

m
£

’

Special Dividend
5.0p 

Underlying Basic EPS
17.6p 

Basic EPS
15.0p 

FY18: 15.0p

FY18: 18.9p

FY18: 17.1p

Revenue

Underlying EBITDA

m
£

’

450

300

150

0

6
.
1
8
3

2
.
8
9
3

.

3
3
5
3

1
.
2
2
4

.

0
6
3
4

m
£

’

100

80

60

40

20

0

.

0
5
9

.

5
8
9

2
.
8
8

.

0
4
9

.

4
9
8

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

Net Debt

Store Like-for-like Sales

200

150

m
£

’

100

50

0

3

2

1

0

8
.
2

6
.
2

8
.
1

.

4
0

.

5
0
-

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

%

3
.
1
6
1

3
.
1
4
1

.

8
3
2
1

.

8
5
3
1

.

6
3
0
1

At 31 
Jan 
2015

At 31
Jan
2016

At 31
Jan
2017

At 31
Jan
2018

At 31
Jan
2019

Underlying Operating Profit

Leverage Ratio

100

80

60

40

20

0

2

.

3
5
8

8
.
7
8

.

4
9
7

.

4
3
8

.

5
8
7

%

1

0
3
.
1

8
3
.
1

7
1
.
1

2
7
.
1

8
5
.
1

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

0

At 31 
Jan 
2015

At 31
Jan
2016

At 31
Jan
2017

At 31
Jan
2018

At 31
Jan
2019

Notes
1.  See page 12 for definition of like-for-like sales.
2.  As defined in note 5 to the financial statements on page 99.
3.  See note 3 to the financial statements on page 98 for details of non-underlying items.
4.  Leverage is calculated as the ratio of net debt to underlying EBITDA for the previous 12 months.
5. 

Including recommended final dividend of 6.4p, subject to AGM approval.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

1

GovernanceFinancialsStrategic ReportAt a Glance

Card Factory is the UK’s leading specialist 
retailer of greeting cards, dressings and gifts.

Our Mission

Our Vision

Our Values

Trusted for quality and value 

The customers’ choice for 

We’re part of the story | We’re loyal | We’re 

to help celebrate everyone’s 

cards, gifts, party and wrap, 

grafters | We’re a little bit mad | We lead 

life moments

in-store and online

the way

Total Revenue

Total Colleagues

Total stores

£436.0m

9,984

972

Our four strategic pillars

Like-for-like

Sales Growth

New Store

Roll Out

Business

Efficiencies

Online

Development

2

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

972 Stores

965 UK

7 Republic of Ireland

Cardfactory.co.uk

Gettingpersonal.co.uk

ll Growing strongly
ll New designs
ll Greater choice
ll Feefo Gold Trusted 

Service Award

ll Personalised gifting
ll Competitive market
ll Challenging year
ll New Digital Director 
driving customer 
experience

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

3

GovernanceFinancialsStrategic ReportMarket Overview
The revenue generated from the physical store network represents c95% of Group revenue and can be analysed into three 
principal areas

Christmas Boxed Cards

Christmas boxed cards are boxes of 
multiple cards purchased at 
Christmas, typically sent to a wider 
group of relatives, friends and 
colleagues and are often associated 
with a charity.

Single Cards

Single cards comprise individual cards 
for everyday occasions (eg birthdays, 
anniversaries, weddings, thank you, 
get well soon, good luck, 
congratulations, sympathy and new 
baby cards) and seasonal occasions 
(eg Christmas, Mother’s Day, Father’s 
Day, Valentine’s Day, Easter, thank you 
teacher, graduation and exam 
congratulations). Within the singles 
segment, approximately 2.3% by 
volume relates to personalised 
physical cards sold online, with an 
element of personalisation as part of 
the purchase (eg to add the recipient’s 
name or a photograph).

Complementary  
non-card items
‘Complementary non-card’ items refer 
to a wide variety of adjacent product 
categories that customers have a high 
propensity to purchase on the same 
occasions as greeting cards, including:

ll Gift dressings (eg gift wrap, gift 
bags, gift boxes, gift tags, bows 
and ribbons);

ll Small gifts (eg soft toys, ceramics, 
glassware, candles, picture frames 
and homewares);

ll Party products (eg balloons and 

banners, badges and candles); and

ll Other complementary non-card 

products (eg calendars, diaries and 
stamps).

Estimated Card Factory 
market share by value

Estimated Card Factory 
market share by value

Estimated Card Factory 
market share by value

19.3%

£1.3 billion 

UK market value

Less than
10%

£2–3 billion UK 

market value

13.9%

£0.1 billion UK 

market value

Note: Card UK factory value share excludes online and is based on OC&C estimate of market size in 2017.

Share of FY19 revenue

Single Cards

Complementary Non-card

Christmas Boxed Cards

53.3%

44.4%

2.3%

4

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Card Factory UK Card Market Share

Market Trends

Card Factory has significantly grown its share of the UK greetings card 
market since formation in 1997. Based on the latest available market 
data from OC&C Strategy Consultants (‘OC&C’) for the 2017 calendar 
year, Card Factory is the market leader in terms of both value (19.3%) 
and volume (32.4%) for single greeting cards.

By Value

By Volume

19.3%

+1.1%

32.4%

+0.7%

%
9
6
1

.

%
4
.
7
1

%
9
.
7
1

%
2
.
8
1

%
3
9
1

.

%

1
.
1
3

%
5
.
1
3

%

1
.
2
3

%

7
.
1
3

%
4
.
2
3

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Source: OC&C March 2019

Source: OC&C March 2019

Competitive Environment

The greeting cards market is highly fragmented, with a wide range 
of retailers selling greeting cards, including:

ll Specialist chains: Represent a destination location for greeting 

cards (eg Card Factory, Clintons, Hallmark, Paperchase, 
Scribbler and Cards Galore);

ll Grocers: Primarily capture convenience and impulse purchases 

(eg ASDA, Tesco, Sainsbury’s and Morrisons);

ll Others: Including generalists (eg WH Smith and M&S), 

stationers, discount chains (eg B&M, Poundland, Home Bargains 
and Wilkinsons), the Post Office and hundreds of small 
independent retailers.

There is an ingrained culture of sending greeting cards in 
the UK, with estimates suggesting an average of 
approximately 23 cards sent per person each year, of 
which on average 17 are single greeting cards.

Card purchasing is occasion-driven, focused around key 
events (eg birthdays, anniversaries and seasons such as 
Christmas). A person’s age and stage of life are major 
drivers of their propensity to purchase greeting cards, 
with purchasing levels significantly higher in older 
consumers and those with families. As generations 
mature, they mostly continue to adopt the card 
purchasing behaviour of previous generations, but with 
an increase in the number of cards purchased by 18 to 34 
year olds. This, when combined with both a growing and 
ageing UK population, is an encouraging indication of the 
ongoing sustainability of the card market in the UK – and 
is something we will continue to monitor.

Market Growth Rates

The overall singles card market has proved to be robust 
and resilient throughout the past decade with steady 
consistent annual growth in value.

Volumes in the larger, core singles market have been  
in slight decline during this period, with only a slight  
shift to personalised single cards purchased online, 
notwithstanding very significant television advertising 
spend by the major players in this established  
market niche.

The small Christmas boxed cards segment of the market 
has declined over recent years and this is thought to be 
due, in part, to significant increases in stamp prices over 
the period and lower levels of emotional attachment to 
Christmas boxed cards than to other greeting cards.

Card Factory’s positioning within the market has been sustained with clear blue water between us and our competitors, in terms of 
consumers’ perception of the price and quality of our cards. In addition, the independent OC&C Retail Proposition Index, which evaluates 
value for money across retailers, has Card Factory positioned as number 1 for the fourth year running.

Consumer Perceptions of Greeting Cards  
Value for Money – 20191
Average Rating On Scale 1–5

5.0

4.5

1

e
c
i
r
P

Home Bargains

99p Store

4.0

B&M Bargains

Aldi

Poundland

Wilko’s

Card Market

Cards Galore

Card Factory

Asda

Tesco

Morrisons

Sainsbury’s

Post Office

 Clintons

M&S

Co-op

Simply Clintons

Hallmark

WH Smith

Waitrose

Paperchase

e
c
i
r
P
w
o
L
f
o
n
o
i
t
p
e
c
r
e
P
r
e
g
n
o
r
t
S

3.5

3.0

2.5

2.0

3.2

3.4

3.6

3.8

4.0

4.2

4.4

4.6

4.6

5.0

Stronger Perception of Quality

Quality1

1.  Weighted by volume of single cards purchased, main and secondary retailer ratings combined.

Source: OC&C Consumer Survey (February 2019), OC&C analysis.

OC&C Retail Proposition Index 
Results – Value for Money

2018

Card Factory

Aldi

Poundland

Home Bargains 

Farm Foods

Lidl

Primark

Wilko

B&M Bargains

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Amazon

(87.9)

(87.4)

(85.8)

(84.8)

(84.5)

(84.3)

(83.6)

(82.7)

(82.5)

(81.5)

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

5

GovernanceFinancialsStrategic Report 
 
 
 
 
Business Model

Card Factory operates a unique vertically 
integrated business model which comprises:

Key Competitive Strengths

The Directors believe that the Group’s unique model provides significant 
advantages including:

enabling Card Factory to offer its clearly differentiated value 
proposition of quality products at affordable prices while 
maintaining strong margins;

providing Card Factory with control over the quality, design and 
merchandising of its products, with the ability to act directly on 
customer preferences;

design – the vast majority of Card Factory’s products are 
exclusive to Card Factory;

economies of scale (eg with regard to the size of card print runs) 
that have been built up over a significant period of time;

greater security of supply chain and enhanced visibility of 
stock, allowing the Group to react more dynamically to market 
trends, with further ambitions to bring further product sourcing 
back to the UK with investment in technology;

enhanced financial flexibility through better working capital 
management;

benefits from the significant investment in design capabilities 
(including the artwork and verses required to support the range 
of designs), production and warehousing infrastructure, staff 
and retail stores;

a management team with the diverse experience and expertise 
required to operate a deeply vertically integrated retail 
business as opposed to a pure retail model; and

an integrated business model that would involve significant cost 
and execution risk to replicate.

ll design 
ll sourcing 
ll printing 
ll warehousing 
ll distribution 
ll a large physical store network
ll an online presence

The Group has developed and strengthened this 
model over the past decade investing over 
£50m in the process and building significant 
management expertise in all of these specialist 
areas. Vertical integration enables the Group to 
differentiate itself from its competitors by 
significantly reducing external costs and adding 
value to customers in terms of both price and 
quality underpinning the Group’s mission. 

Quality and value for all 
life’s moments

6

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Our Mission

Trusted for quality and 
value to help celebrate 
everyone’s life moments

Our Vision

Our Values

The customers’ choice 
for cards, gifts, party and 
wrap, in-store and online

We’re part of the story 
We’re loyal
We’re grafters
We’re a little bit mad
We lead the way

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

7

GovernanceFinancialsStrategic ReportBusiness Model continued

Design

ll 60 strong design team built over the past 12 years, creating over 85% of the 

Card Factory product portfolio

ll Skills include specialists 3d design & packaging, an editorial & creative 

writing team, illustrators, designers and digital constructors

ll Each year designing over 4000 new greeting cards, and over 1500 new 

complementary non-card products

ll Extensive database of thousands of creative designs, captions and verses
ll Emphasis placed on researching the latest trends to ensure Card Factory 

ranges are fit for our customer needs

ll Insights from research into ever-changing family dynamics in the UK 

factored into retail proposition development 

Sourcing

ll Dedicated in-house sourcing team covering wide range of products
ll Further plans to bring more card manufacturing back to the UK with 

further developments in automation 

ll Works closely with in-house design team to optimise margins
ll Long-standing relationships with many third-party manufacturers, 

particularly in the Far East

ll Internal quality control function supported by third-party supplier 

technical and ethical audits

Production

ll Existing supplier acquired in 2009 and relocated to larger premises  

in 2011

ll Well-invested, scalable facility based in Shipley, Yorkshire
ll Currently producing over 240 million cards per annum for Card Factory
ll Strategically positioned to grow capacity to c400 million cards in line with 

growth in anticipated store roll out and to support other strategic initiatives 
currently being trialled

Warehousing

ll National distribution centre based in Wakefield, Yorkshire
ll Over 360,000 sq ft of storage space
ll Trialled voice picking during the year which has improved efficiency and 

accuracy of picking 

ll Supplemented by other local, third-party storage, principally for seasonal 

peak requirements

ll Supported by Microsoft AX ERP system implemented in 2009

8

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Distribution

ll Outbound distribution performed by third-party logistic partners
ll Small fleet of own vehicles for specific deliveries
ll Frequent store replenishment to support high store sales densities
ll Limited proportion of products shipped direct to store (eg helium gas 

canisters, postage stamps)

Store Network

ll Nationwide network of over 950 stores, principally built from individual 

openings rather than acquisition

ll High quality estate with only c1% of portfolio loss-making at store 

contribution level

ll Ongoing 6-monthly review of all stores in the estate to ensure we maximise 

the profitability of all stores 

ll Versatile, high returns model operating successfully in a wide range of 

locations and demographic areas

ll Detailed target location database supports estimated total estate of up to 

1,200 stores in the UK and Republic of Ireland

ll Successful Republic of Ireland trials with further opportunity around Dublin 

area and other major cities and towns

Merchandising

ll Extensive range of card and complementary non-card products
ll Space planning software implemented to maximise use of space and 

pound per linear foot

ll Highly differentiated retail proposition offering quality products at a 

fraction of the price of the Group’s principal competitors

ll Transparent pricing builds trust with customers
ll Consistently high net promoter scores

Online

ll Market entry through acquisition of Getting Personal in 2011 – innovating 

personalised gifts

ll Card Factory transactional website growing strongly with expansion of 
product offering, range growth and improving customer experience

ll Focus on multi-channel proposition

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

9

GovernanceFinancialsStrategic Report1992

1997

Business started

First store opens

2005

All creative 
design brought 
in-house

2009

Acquired print 
facility 
‘Printcraft’

Over 200 stores 
now open

Over 400 stores 
now open

2014

Company 
floated on Stock 
Exchange

2013

Moved into 
Century House

Over 650 stores 
now open

10 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

2003

Ventured into 
Scotland, Wales 
& the South of 
England

Acquired 
warehouse 
facility

2010

Handed reins 
over to 
management 
team

2011

Purchased 
gettingpersonal.co.uk

Over 550 stores 
now open

2018

Over 900 stores 
across the UK

Over 950 stores 
now open

Story to be 
continued 

£1,289,533 
donated to 
charity

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

11

GovernanceFinancialsStrategic ReportOur Four Pillar Strategy

Like-for-like sales growth

New store roll out

The Group has a strong track record of consistently delivering 
like-for-like sales growth and growing average basket value 
(‘ABV’). The Board’s strategy is to continue this track record, whilst 
maintaining the core value proposition, by: 

ll improving and evolving our existing card ranges and designs to 

support the continued growth of our market share. In 
developing our everyday ranges we are ensuring that the 
customer always has an unrivalled choice of cards from our 
entry price point to our new everyday premium ranges for all 
their occasions;

ll developing our complementary non-card ranges to grow our 

ABV, with customers able to find not only the card but 
associated wrap, party products and gifts for every occasion;

ll extending our card and gift ranges across more occasions 

ensuring that our customers can find an appropriate greeting or 
range to celebrate their life moments; and

ll building on the progress we have made during the year with our 

retailing disciplines, especially around store standards and 
improving in-store navigation, which has been acknowledged 
by customers as making Card Factory a much better shopping 
experience. 

The Group also expects to benefit from ongoing revenue growth 
as recent store openings continue to grow their share of the local 
market in line with the typical maturity curve of four to six years. 
At the point of maturity, annual sales in individual stores are 
typically 30% to 40% higher than in the first year post-opening 
and this continues to be the case as we approach 1,000 stores.

The Group defines Card Factory store Iike-for-Iike (‘LFL’) sales as 
the year-on-year growth in sales for Card Factory stores which 
have been opened for a full year, calculated on a calendar week 
basis. The reported LFL sales figure excludes sales:

ll made via the Card Factory website, www.cardfactory.co.uk;
ll made via the separately branded personalised card and gift 

website, www.gettingpersonal.co.uk;

ll by Printcraft, the Group’s printing division, to external third-

party customers; and

ll from stores closed for all or part of the relevant period (or the 

prior year comparable period).

Card Factory stores are included in the reported LFL figures for each 
week of trading completed after having been open for a full 52 weeks, 
as compared to the same relevant week in the previous period.

Total Card Factory LFLs are reported including the impact of the 
Card Factory website.

The Group defines Getting Personal LFL sales as the year-on-year 
growth in sales for the Getting Personal website, calculated on a 
calendar week basis.

12

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

The Group intends to expand its store portfolio 
organically from its existing store estate to up to 1,200 
stores in total, including further stores in the Republic of 
Ireland. The Group intends to continue this future roll out 
at a similar rate to the Group’s historical rate of organic 
store openings of around 50 net new stores per annum 
provided the necessary returns can be achieved.

  Existing Card 
Factory Sites - 972

Target locations for all of these new stores have already 
been identified and these, together with other potential 
locations, are kept under regular review. Although these 
new opportunities are expected to have, on average, 
lower sales potential than the average of the Group’s 
existing store locations, primarily due to the new stores 
typically being in lower footfall locations than the 
average of the Group’s existing stores, the Directors 
believe these new stores will nevertheless enhance 
EBITDA and will continue the trend of delivering a strong 
return on capital. Following the success of our trial stores, 
the Group believes the Republic of Ireland also 
represents a good opportunity for further store 
expansion as part of our target of 1,200 stores. 

The Group has a structured appraisal process in place for 
new location opportunities, including an assessment of 
potential store sales and profitability, the results of which 
are stored in a database of new store opportunities 
which is continually updated and refreshed. In addition, 
we regularly review the performance of the whole estate 
with every store in the Group having a strategic plan in 
terms of whether we intend to renew, downsize, upsize or 
relocate on the expiry of the lease.

Business efficiencies

Online

Card Factory has consistently delivered best-in-class margins.  
The Board will continue to pursue business efficiency initiatives to 
further improve the business and its competitive position.

The Group aims to maintain and, where possible, enhance its gross 
margins through continuous improvement in the supply chain 
process. In particular, the Group intends to continue to diversify its 
range of suppliers (to reduce reliance on key suppliers) and further 
develop direct sourcing relationships with manufacturers and our 
ability to source further product through our vertically integrated 
model in the UK.

Similarly, the Group aims to protect and, where possible, enhance 
operating margins through the control of operating costs, including: 
the management of overall employee costs; negotiation of 
improved rental terms upon the expiry and renewal of existing 
leases; and tight control over other costs and expenses.

As the Group continues to grow and progress with its new store roll 
out programme, we will continue to leverage the growing 
economies of scale when negotiating contracts with suppliers and 
manufacturers.

The Group’s online operations currently comprise Card 
Factory’s transactional website and Getting Personal.

cardfactory.co.uk

Card Factory Online now has an established dedicated 
team supporting its future growth and significantly 
enhanced product ranges which are resonating well with 
customers. We continue to evaluate, enhance, test and 
evolve our online platform, with strategic direction from 
our new Group Digital Director, to ensure we move 
towards a market-leading mobile optimised solution. 
During the year, we introduced a much wider selection of 
personalised cards and gifts as well as enhancing the 
selection of non-personalised products that customers 
would usually have to go to one of our stores to purchase.

Leveraging infrastructure

In anticipation of planned long-term growth, the Group has, over a 
number of years, invested heavily in its infrastructure, including:

ll an EPOS system and contactless payment across all of our 

stores that will both improve the speed of service and customer 
experience and provide more granular sales data that will help 
us develop our proposition and grow sales;

ll expansion of Printcraft and investment in margin-enhancing 
technologies as part of a 10-year capital expenditure plan 
following its relocation to larger premises;

ll the relocation of Getting Personal’s personalised gift production 

facility to Printcraft; and

ll investment in our central distribution centre technology to 

improve efficiencies.

The Group will continue to leverage the benefits of these significant 
investments over the medium term as well as continually evaluating 
the benefit of further investment to support the long-term strategy 
of the business. The CEO’s review on page 18 outlines some of the 
additional investments the Group is currently considering.

gettingpersonal.co.uk

Sales of personalised gifts represent the vast majority of 
the revenue generated from Getting Personal’s website 
www.gettingpersonal.co.uk. In spite of a challenging 
year, the Directors believe there are opportunities to 
further grow the Group’s sales in this complementary 
segment through further product development (eg 
changes to existing product ranges and new product 
ranges), enhancements to the website (including mobile 
optimisation) and improved marketing.

While the personalised online segment of the greeting 
cards market remains small, according to OC&C 
representing just 6.6% of the total single cards market, 
by value, and 2.3%, by volume, in 2017, the Directors 
believe it provides an opportunity for growth.

The Directors believe that the Group is well placed to 
capture a greater share of this growing segment of the 
market.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

13

GovernanceFinancialsStrategic ReportChairman’s Statement

Card Factory performed robustly in FY19 
with like-for-like sales flat in a challenging 
consumer environment, whilst profits were 
impacted by headwinds from foreign 
exchange and national living wage.

Paul Moody

Chairman

Whilst this year marked the fifth anniversary of our IPO, the 
year also marked the 21st anniversary of the Company’s 
formation. Having started life as a local family-owned 
discounter, the Group has developed into a market leading, 
high margin, national, value retailer with over 950 stores and 
two websites. During the last 21 years, the Group has 
demonstrated an ability to increase market share and 
generate significant profit, resulting in strong returns for 
shareholders. The Board’s objective is to continue to build on 
this strong track record in the years ahead.

The Group remains focused on its successful four pillar 
growth strategy, underpinned by its unique vertically 
integrated model, which provides significant competitive 
advantage. This is of particular value in the current, 
challenging consumer environment. In our Chief Executive 
Officer’s report, Karen provides an update on the Group’s 
current strategic priorities. The Board is excited by the 
opportunities, both strategic and operational, that Karen and 
her team are exploring to improve further an already very 
successful business.

Since August 2018, in recognition that we are approaching 
our 1,200 UK store target, we have been conducting a 
strategic review of how we can expand the ways in which 
customers access the Card Factory brand both at home and 
in new markets, and we are currently undergoing a number of 
trials to test these potential new sales channels.

The Board remains mindful of the continuing risk to the 
business from the range of uncertain Brexit developments 
and outcomes, including volatility in the strength of Sterling 
versus the US dollar and the threat of supply chain disruption 
due to delays at UK ports. The short-to-medium term risk of 
FX volatility is addressed by our existing currency hedging 
policy and we have alleviated the supply chain risk by 
increasing our inventory levels.

The Board has maintained the total ordinary dividend for the 
year at 9.3p per share, reflecting our strong cash generation 
in a challenging consumer environment and our confidence in 
the future prospects of the business. This is in addition to the 
5.0p per share special dividend paid in December 2018. In line 
with our stated capital policy, we currently expect to make a 
further return of surplus cash to shareholders towards the end 
of the current financial year, and further information is 
included in our CFO’s review.

Paul Moody
Chairman

15 April 2019

14 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

During the last 21 years, 
the Group has 
demonstrated an ability 
to increase market share 
and generate significant 
profit, resulting in strong 
returns for shareholders

Paul Moody

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

15

GovernanceFinancialsStrategic ReportChief Executive Officer’s Review

Card Factory produced a robust 
performance in FY19 despite  
poor high street footfall and a 
challenging consumer environment.

Karen Hubbard

Chief Executive Officer

OVERVIEW

MARKET UPDATE

I am pleased to report that Card Factory produced a robust 
performance in FY19 despite poor high street footfall and a 
challenging consumer environment. Like-for-like sales were flat 
for the year, with record volume and sales performances across 
the year in most seasonal periods and our highest ever sales 
day in Card Factory’s history during the Christmas trading 
period, whilst sales in everyday cards were more subdued.  
We continue to grow our market share in single and boxed 
greeting cards by both volume and value.

Our unique business model, with its integrated supply chain, 
together with continued investment in technologies, allows us to 
provide an unrivalled offer to our customers whilst generating 
attractive gross margins. We utilised insights and efficiencies 
gained through our EPOS system to make informed decisions 
regarding product redesign and ranging. We see further 
opportunities to continue to grow sales, deliver cost efficiencies 
and improve our market share.

The cardfactory.co.uk online business continued to grow strongly 
as we expanded our product offering, which is resonating well 
with customers, whilst the gettingpersonal.co.uk performance 
was disappointing, impacted by an increase in cost of customer 
acquisition and aggressive competitor discounting. 

The latest independent research, produced by OC&C in March 
2019, has confirmed that a number of important and 
established market trends that were highlighted at the time of 
our IPO in 2014 remain as valid today:

•  the market for single greeting cards is well established, 

robust and resilient; it continues to show modest growth in 
value terms, despite a slight decline in volume, as expected. 
The number of cards purchased by 18–34 year olds has also 
increased consistently for the last four years;

•  Card Factory further increased its market share in single 
greeting cards to 32.4% by volume and 19.3% by value;

•  62% of card buyers have shopped in Card Factory in the last 

12 months, with 82% of all visits planned;

•  there continues to be no meaningful shift to digital greeting 
cards, with fewer customers than ever suggesting that they 
are replacing a physical card with a digital greeting; 

•  there has been continued significant growth in seasonal 
events such as Valentine’s Day and Thank You Teacher;

•  the online personalised and non-personalised card segment 
remains an attractive niche for Card Factory where we have 
made good progress and delivered growth, albeit this still 
represents a relatively small proportion of the market at 
4.6%;

Whilst margins were impacted by the prevailing foreign 
exchange and national living wage headwinds already identified, 
these combined pressures are easing and the margin impact 
has been well managed as we continue to deliver best in class 
EBITDA margins. We have developed a robust programme of 
business efficiencies to ensure we maintain margins.

•  50% of Card Factory store customers are unaware of the 
Card Factory online business, representing a massive 
opportunity to exploit; and

•  Card Factory continues to maintain significant clear blue 
water versus its competitors in terms of the consumer’s 
perception of value and quality.

Cash flow generation in the period remained strong with a 
focus on returning surplus cash to shareholders.

Whilst our four pillar strategy has driven our store and online 
growth, we are exploring additional opportunities in alternative 
sales channels and have conducted a number of trials in the 
year to test these in the UK and internationally.

During the year we were recognised as the 10th most popular 
retail brand by YouGov and the 26th most famous brand, 
showing the continued strength and recognition of the Card 
Factory proposition. In addition, we were recognised as the 
leading value brand in the OC&C value proposition index for 
the fourth year running. 

16 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

STRATEGIC PERFORMANCE

We continue to make good progress against our four established 
strategic pillars:

1. Like-for-like (‘LFL’) sales growth
Card Factory stores delivered like-for-like sales in the year of 
-0.5% (FY18: +2.6%) reflecting lower levels of high street footfall 
and consumer confidence, as seen across the general retail 
sector. Including cardfactory.co.uk, LFL sales from the Card 
Factory fascia were -0.1% (FY18: +2.9%), showing the increasing 
impact of online growth.

2. New store roll out
Our internal property team has yet again enabled us to achieve 
our target net new store openings for this year. We opened  
51 net new stores in FY19 across a variety of retail locations 
including high streets, shopping centres and retail parks, 
providing the opportunity for more customers to experience the 
proposition in areas where they did not previously have easy 
access to a Card Factory store. In total we had 965 UK stores  
(31 January 2018: 915), with a further seven stores in the Republic of 
Ireland (31 January 2018: six), at the end of the financial year. The 
quality of our estate remains very strong: of our stores open for 
over one year, only c1% were loss-making.

In the second half of the year, we extended our premium  
ranges that have been successful in seasons, into our male and 
female everyday ranges, which has proved very popular. We 
merchandised these extra special ranges at £1.49 and £1.79 into 
our core racks in every store, holding our entry price point at 59p, 
providing customers with more choice and ensuring that they 
could find the right card for the recipient at Card Factory value.

Our EPOS data has enabled us to focus our unique in-house 
design studio on redesigning underperforming lines, rather than 
redesigning by rotation.

For everyday cards in FY20, we will continue to focus on 
introducing new styles and designs, whilst preserving our value 
offer. Our focus remains on maintaining the gap in both price 
and quality compared to the competition. 

In our complementary non-card offering, our design and buying 
teams developed a number of new ranges, including a broader 
selection of wedding gifts, new gift bags and boxes and new 
trend-led designs. This design and innovation has been well 
received by our customers and is reflected in Card Factory’s 
transaction volumes outperforming the footfall declines seen  
on the high street. Our non-card ranges continue to perform 
strongly as incremental purchases to our card ranges, further 
increasing our average basket value. In addition to new designs, 
we introduced more promotional activity focused on driving  
sell-through of existing stock, whilst still achieving targeted 
margin and providing our customers with more choice and even 
better value. This, combined with offering customers gift cards 
and stamps, ensured we continue to provide them a compelling 
one stop shop for their card and gifting needs. 

For the year as a whole, the proportion of sales from non-card 
items increased to 44.4% (FY18: 44.0%).

Looking forward, we intend to maximise LFL growth through:  
(i) ensuring we leverage our design studio to continue to innovate 
across both our card and complementary non-card ranges; and 
(ii) focusing on retail disciplines, with greater availability through 
improved stock management, better space and merchandising 
planning, a greater focus on customer service and operational 
standards, and the removal of tasks from store colleagues to 
enable them to focus on helping our customers.

We continue to make good progress with our Card Factory 
website, cardfactory.co.uk, which performed strongly during the 
year. We remain confident that further progress within the online 
market is possible, with further strategic investment planned in 
FY20 to enable click and collect and in-store ordering, to take 
increased market share of the online channel and leverage the 
number of customers in our stores that have never shopped the 
Card Factory brand online. 

Looking forward, we have a strong pipeline of potential new 
stores, including a number of opportunities in retail parks, a 
segment of the market where we are seeking to increase our 
presence; however there will continue to be a blended mix of 
different retail locations. Given the success of our trial stores in 
the Republic of Ireland, we will look to open further stores this 
financial year, having now developed a greater understanding 
of the market and customer. The plan for the year ahead is to 
open around 50 net new stores (including stores in the Republic 
of Ireland); however we will only open new stores if they meet 
the necessary return thresholds.

As well as assessing new store opportunities, we are very 
mindful of the ongoing high street challenges and have 
introduced a half-yearly review of all stores in the portfolio to 
agree the strategy for each, in terms of potential opportunities 
to upsize, downsize, co-locate or relocate. This helps to ensure 
the whole of the estate is well positioned for our customers and 
the level of footfall. In addition, we agree relatively short-term 
leases to ensure we have the flexibility to adapt to the changes 
on the high street. 

We continue to monitor developments across our competitors 
and the broader retail space to ensure that we are well 
positioned to take advantage of property opportunities that 
may materialise. Opening new stores remains appropriate for 
Card Factory in the medium term to bring our offer to parts of 
the UK and the Republic of Ireland where customers don’t have 
access to our quality and value proposition.

Across both geographies, we continue to target a cost-effective 
estate of 1,200 stores, capable of driving strong returns whilst 
maintaining the quality inherent in the Card Factory brand.

3. Business efficiencies
The Group has consistently delivered best in class operating 
profit margins. In order to continue achieving this, whilst 
offering our customers value, we have to maintain the most 
efficient cost base.

As identified in last year’s preliminary results announcements, 
we anticipated some, albeit reducing, cost pressures in the year, in 
particular foreign exchange and national living wage costs.  
To mitigate these we introduced a multi-year programme of 
cost efficiencies. This year every one of those areas delivered 
their expected efficiencies and provided us with a solid 
platform for ongoing efficiency and lean operation.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

17

GovernanceFinancialsStrategic ReportChief Executives Officer’s Review continued

The key business efficiency areas are identified below:

1.  in ensuring we maintain high margins, we continue to focus 
on vertical integration, driving improvements in our product 
quality through better and more efficient production 
techniques, which has enabled us to further enhance our 
competitive position and reduce our unit costs of production;

2.  better buying and sourcing in a tough commodity market 

through which we made further improvements in our product 
margin;

3.  we delivered significant improvements in our supply chain 

enabling us to reduce our distribution costs through 
innovations such as voice picking, warehouse consolidation 
and improved warehouse productivity. This is part of a 
multi-year programme of supply chain improvement;

4.  improved operational productivity through the removal of 

tasks that took our colleagues off the shop floor and 
simplified store operations. There are some significant 
ongoing programmes of in-store efficiency to enable better 
focus on the customer and make it easier for our colleagues; 
and 

5.  we continued a programme of cost efficiency, in areas such 
as targeted rent savings at lease renewal, driving down 
operating costs across the business and Loss Prevention 
delivering targeted reductions in stock and cash loss. 

These programmes continue in FY20.

4. Online development
We have two transactional websites – cardfactory.co.uk and 
gettingpersonal.co.uk – and a Group Digital Director who is 
dedicated to the strategy and growth of these channels.

The www.cardfactory.co.uk offer has continued to grow 
strongly over the last year. The team delivered sales growth of 
56% (FY18: 67%), through focusing on four key areas – product 
design, range growth, improving the customer experience and 
growing our customer base.

Our online proposition is resonating well with customers. 
Through listening to their feedback and analysing trading 
patterns, we have expanded our ranges and offered increased 
newness in design and choice to help our customer celebrate 
their life moments. We continue to test new propositions to 
understand what is of most appeal to our existing and new 
customers.

As our customers’ shopping habits evolve and consumer 
expectations around convenience increase, we will continue to 
develop the online offer into a multi-channel proposition. In 
order to attract more customers to our website, we know we 
need to continue to improve the customer experience and the 
way in which our customers can interact with us both online 
and in store and this is a key opportunity which we will be 
developing in FY20. We see material growth opportunities in 
this area. 

18 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

The www.gettingpersonal.co.uk business has continued to  
face challenges. Whilst this remains a relatively small part  
of the Group in terms of both sales and profit contribution,  
its financial performance in the year was disappointing with  
sales decreasing by 8.4%. Lower conversion rates with the  
shift to mobile, increasing costs of customer acquisition and a 
competitive discounting-led landscape have all impacted the 
business. There is increased focus on how we evolve other sales 
channels and move the business away from pay per click as a 
key driver of customer acquisition, with further efforts being 
targeted on customer retention and lifetime value of customers. 
However, EBITDA performance of £1.2m (FY18: £2.9m) was 
below our expectations.

Looking ahead, the key focus across both online channels will be 
implementing a new and better digital marketing approach; 
improving the experience on our websites; and further innovating 
our personalised and non-personalised product ranges.

ONGOING INVESTMENT TO DRIVE SHAREHOLDER VALUE

We have continued to invest in our infrastructure to support the 
long-term strategy of the business where we can see opportunity 
for the business to grow sales further, improve product margins 
or be more cost-efficient. We now have the annualisation of 
EPOS data, with all stores on the same EPOS platform, which is 
giving us much more insight into product performance and the 
impact of redesigns and refreshed ranges.

In FY20, we are looking to improve further our stock management 
including the use of auto replenishment for stores which will 
reduce missed sales from stock availability, whilst at the same 
time reducing stock holdings. Furthermore, with the availability 
of line item detail from our EPOS data, we have greater  
visibility of stock loss by store to ensure that we are more 
effectively targeting the losses in stores and driving better  
stock management.

Further development of our vertically integrated model remains 
an important part of our investment strategy to ensure our 
industry leading margins are maintained regardless of any cost 
inflation impact, with a focus on how we can move even more 
to our in-house production, for improved margins and greater 
control over our supply chain.

We have also invested in our cardfactory.co.uk online business’s 
marketing team and various support centre functions to ensure 
that we have the right infrastructure, talent and capacity to 
drive online growth during the forthcoming year. In FY20, we 
will replatform the business onto a full multi-channel solution 
towards the end of the year, with the full cost included within 
the FY20 capex plan, details of which are in the CFO’s review. 
This will provide a much improved customer experience. It will 
also enable us to introduce click and collect, in-store ordering 
and wider range availability to our in-store customers which 
should drive further footfall and increase average spend and 
opportunistic purchases in store.

The Board will continue to assess further incremental 
investment across the Group, especially in relation to new 
revenue channels, on a case by case basis, taking into account 
the scale, likelihood and timing of anticipated returns. This 
ongoing, controlled investment will ensure that we continue to 
deliver on the four pillar strategy and provide strong returns to 
our shareholders over the medium term.

RETAIL COLLEAGUES AND PERFORMANCE CULTURE

In the year we continued to develop our organisational 
capability, with the ongoing leadership and management 
development programmes such as ‘Raise the bar’ and the 
nationwide expansion of our ‘Retail ACardemy’ that we 
introduced in the last few years. We are also in the process of 
implementing a new HR system and time and attendance system 
which will ensure more efficient processes and further business 
efficiencies in-store with improved hours’ management.

Our aim is to create a performance culture with focused 
objectives that not only support the delivery of our strategy but 
develop our colleagues and provide a pipeline of future leaders 
from within the business. 

We also want to ensure that our frontline colleagues who 
represent Card Factory to our customers are engaged and 
respected for the job that they do. Achieving our employee 
engagement ambitions will ensure that all of our teams remain 
trained and motivated to continue to deliver quality and value 
to our customers and the best possible service and experience 
in-store.

CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT AND EXPERIENCE 

Across the business we are looking to drive a culture of improved 
customer engagement. Our entire management team and many 
of our support centre colleagues worked in our stores, serving 
customers in our busiest weeks of the Christmas and other 
seasonal trading periods. This not only supported our store 
colleagues but also helped us to develop our understanding  
of what our customers expect and enabled us to ensure that 
everything we do improves the offer to our customers. We are 
renowned for leading the way in providing great quality and 
value for our customers and staying close to them in this way 
helps us to listen and then respond to their changing needs.

The improved navigational signage, making our stores easier to 
shop, has had great feedback from customers, especially during 
busy trading periods, in addition to helping our store colleagues 
to operate more efficiently. The speed of service in-store has 
also significantly improved with EPOS and contactless payment 
in all of our stores; however we recognise that, at key trading 
times, there is more we can do to improve the service we deliver 
to our customers. In support of this, we are evaluating how we 
can use new technology and make things simpler for our store 
colleagues by removing more tasks from stores, including how 
stock is delivered to store, and reduce administrative tasks 
utilising technology, giving them more time to provide great 
customer service.

THIRD PARTY TRIALS

We are currently assessing ways in which we can extend the 
Card Factory brand into other customer segments, channels 
and new markets to enable us to continue to grow our card 
volume. In the year we embarked on a number of small trials to 
test the opportunities available. Whilst it is early days, the trials 
have proven the power of the Card Factory brand and have 
demonstrated its ability to drive footfall into our retail partners.

Our trial with Aldi, the industry leading quality/value grocery 
retailer, whilst in its infancy, is seeing Card Factory ranges 
resonate well with Aldi customers in 112 trial stores and we have 
learned about our own capability to appeal to impulse card 
buyers through other sales channels, without cannibalising our 
own store sales.

In addition, we are considering international opportunities  
and announced in January that we have commenced a trial 
branded concession in a number of stores within an Australian 
retailer. The Australian market is the 3rd largest Greeting  
Card market in the World and we will continue to assess the 
opportunity there. We have also opened our first franchise  
trial in Jersey, with two further franchises opening in quarter 1  
of FY20.

OUTLOOK

The greetings card market remains resilient and robust with 
encouraging trends amongst younger customers who are 
buying more cards. Within this market, I am confident in our 
ability to continue to grow Card Factory’s market leading 
position. We continue to innovate and create new and unique 
product ranges that keep to our promise to provide quality and 
value for our customers.

I am excited by the online opportunity for cardfactory.co.uk as 
we look to replatform the website in FY20. This will enable us to 
offer a truly multi-channel proposition and leverage our store 
estate. We expect this to improve footfall in stores, by giving our 
customers access to a wider range of products and the flexibility 
of options such as click and collect and in-store ordering.

Our four pillar strategy continues to drive growth and now is the 
right time to explore other opportunities to extend our reach 
beyond 1,200 stores in the UK and the Republic of Ireland.  
We have already established a number of trials to explore the 
impulse purchase market in the UK and new sales channels 
outside of the UK and we are optimistic that we can leverage 
our industry leading position in these new channels.

We have a targeted programme of cost and operational 
efficiencies for FY20 and are confident we can build on this 
going forward. Whilst the new financial year is just two months 
old, we are satisfied with the start we have made and are 
particularly pleased with the record seasonal performances 
from Valentine’s Day and Mother’s Day.

I look forward to providing a further trading update at our  
AGM in June. As previously stated, EBITDA for the forthcoming 
year is anticipated to be broadly flat year-on-year (excluding 
the impact of IFRS 16) as we anticipate another challenging 
consumer environment due to external factors. 

The Board, having considered, inter alia, the current debt 
position of the Company and trading and investment 
expectations for the year ahead, currently expects to declare  
a special dividend at the time of the Company’s interim results. 
Any such dividend will be paid together with the interim 
dividend for the year and will be dependent on trading and 
other developments in the period from now until the time of  
the interim results.

Karen Hubbard
Chief Executive Officer

15 April 2019

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

19

GovernanceFinancialsStrategic ReportChief Financial Officer’s Review

Subject to trading, the Board 
currently expects to declare a 
special dividend at the time of 
the Company’s interim results.

Kris Lee

Chief Financial Officer

The ‘FY19’ accounting period refers to the year ended 31 January 2019 and the comparative period ‘FY18’ refers to the year ended 
31 January 2018.

REVENUE

Total Group revenue during the year grew by 3.3% to £436.0m (FY18: £422.1m), driven by growth in the Card Factory store network:

Card Factory
Getting Personal

Group

 FY19
£’m

419.7
16.3

436.0

 FY18
£’m

Increase/
(Decrease)

404.3
17.8

422.1

3.8%
(8.4%)

3.3%

The Group’s established new store roll out programme continues to be an important driver of sales growth for the business. In the 
year under review, 51 net new stores were opened, bringing the total UK estate to 972 stores at the year-end, including seven stores 
in the Republic of Ireland.

Like-for-like (‘LFL’) sales growth was broken down as follows by retail channels:

Card Factory stores
Card Factory online

Card Factory combined

Getting Personal
Total online combined

 FY19

 FY18

(0.5%)
56.3%

(0.1%)

(8.4%)
0.0%

2.6%
67.5%

2.9%

0.3%
5.9%

Ongoing improvements to the depth, quality and merchandising of our complementary non-card product offering led to a 
continuation of the mix shift to this category. The full year mix for FY19 was 53.1% single cards (FY18: 53.7%), 44.6% non-card 
(FY18: 44.0%) and 2.3% Christmas boxed cards (FY18: 2.3%). We expect some continuation in this trend as we further improve our 
non-card offering to drive incremental sales and average basket value.

Revenue from the Card Factory transactional website grew by 56% (FY18: 67%).

Performance at Getting Personal continued to disappoint during FY19, with the sector impacted by heavy discounting and 
promotional activity. Given sales and EBITDA declines in two of the last three years, the Board has concluded that an impairment 
to the goodwill balance related to this business should be made. Further details are provided below. However, there is increased 
focus on how the business evolves and how it moves towards more profitable sales channels and away from pay per click  
customer acquisition.

20 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

 
UNDERLYING COST OF SALES AND OPERATING EXPENSES 

Cost of sales and operating expenses (excluding the non-underlying items detailed below) can be analysed as follows:

Underlying cost of goods sold
Store wages
Store property costs
Other direct expenses

Underlying cost of sales

Underlying operating expenses*

* 

excluding depreciation and amortisation

FY19

FY18

£’m

142.1
80.8
68.3
21.3

312.5

% of 
revenue

32.6%
18.5%
15.7%
4.9%

71.7%

£’m % of revenue

£ Increase/ 
(Decrease)

138.0
74.9
65.5
18.6

297.0

32.7%
17.7%
15.5%
4.4%

70.3%

3.0%
7.9%
4.3%
14.5%

5.2%

34.1

7.8%

31.1

7.4%

9.6%

The overall ratio of cost of sales to revenue increased to 71.7% on an underlying basis (FY18: 70.3%). This increase was driven by 
the following movements in sub-categories and by the decline in LFL performance: 

•  Underlying cost of goods sold: principally comprises cost of raw materials, production costs, finished goods purchased from 

third party suppliers, import duty, freight costs, carriage costs and warehouse wages. The reduction in this cost ratio was due to 
product sourcing improvements (both annualised from FY18 and new in FY19) more than compensating for the impact of foreign 
exchange headwinds and the product mix shift from card to complementary non-card, both of which had less effect on margin 
than in prior year. The effective sterling-US dollar exchange rate for FY19 was c$1.35 compared to c$1.38 in FY18. The rate in 
FY20 is anticipated to be in line with FY19, though this remains subject to any significant shift in the exchange rate impacting 
the structured trades that form part of the hedging portfolio.

•  Store wages: includes wages and salaries (including bonuses) for store-based staff, together with national insurance, apprenticeship 
levy, pension contributions, overtime, holiday and sick pay. As reported with the interim results, this cost increased as expected as 
new stores were opened and pay increases awarded, including the impact of the national living wage. However, this headwind 
was mitigated in part by the successful delivery of in-store task reduction initiatives and improved management of store hours.

•  Store property costs: consists principally of store rents (net of rental incentives), business rates and service charges. As reported 

at the interim stage, this cost increased in absolute terms as new stores were opened and as a ratio of revenue increased 
slightly due to LFL performance. We continue to target improvements in our overall rent roll as we reach break points or expiries 
on existing leases and expect cash savings of c£0.4m in FY20.

•  Other direct expenses: includes store opening costs, store utility costs, waste disposal, store maintenance, point of sale costs, 
bank charges and pay per click expenditure. This cost category is largely variable in respect of existing stores and increases 
with new store openings. The ratio of other direct expenses to revenue increased – as expected – from 4.4% to 4.9% due to an 
increasing proportion of debit/credit card transactions and increased merchant fees thereon, one-off point of sale cost 
increases, a rise in electricity costs, and online marketing costs in Getting Personal, mitigated in part by business efficiencies 
such as savings from the LED lighting roll out. The Board anticipates some additional cost pressures for FY20 arising from card 
transaction fees, as our proportion of card payments increases, and further electricity cost growth.

•  Underlying operating expenses: includes items such as support centre remuneration, regional and area managers of the store 

estate, design studio costs and insurance together with other central overheads and administration costs. The Group has 
continued to invest in central infrastructure and people in recent years to support the planned growth and operational 
improvements; whilst this investment in infrastructure is largely complete there was an element of cost annualisation in FY19. 
Total operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortisation) increased by 9.6% to £34.1m (FY18: £31.1m) representing an 
increase from 7.4% to 7.8% as a percentage of revenue. 

Depreciation and amortisation remained broadly in line with prior year at £10.9m (FY18: £10.6m).

FOREIGN EXCHANGE

With approximately half of its annual cost of goods sold expense relating to products paid for in US dollars, the Group takes a prudent 
but flexible approach to hedging the risk of exchange rate fluctuations. The Board adopts the policy of using a combination of vanilla 
forwards and structured options to hedge this exposure. The Group has used structured options and similar instruments to good 
effect for a number of years and the Board continues to view such instruments to be commercially attractive as part of a balanced 
portfolio approach to exchange rate management, even if cash flow hedge accounting may not be permitted in some instances.

The continuing uncertainty caused by Brexit is of particular concern to the Group, not least because of the increased volatility in the 
strength of sterling against the US dollar. The business is well hedged in the short-to-medium term, but not immune to the longer 
term effects of Brexit on currency movements.

At the date of this announcement, cover is in place for almost all of the anticipated FY20 US dollar cash requirement with 
approximately two-thirds covered by vanilla forwards and the balance under structured options. The effective P&L rate  
for FY20 is anticipated to be c$1.35 (FY19: $1.35), though this remains subject to any significant shift in Sterling impacting  
the structured trades that form part of the hedging portfolio. Cover is in place for approximately two-thirds of the anticipated FY21 
US dollar requirement at an average rate of c$1.35, predominantly through vanilla forwards with a proportion of structured options.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

21

GovernanceFinancialsStrategic ReportUnderlying EBITDA
Card Factory
Getting Personal

Group

Underlying EBITDA margin
Card Factory
Getting Personal

Group

Chief Financial Officer’s Review continued

UNDERLYING EBITDA

The Underlying EBITDA margin of the Group decreased to 
20.5% (FY18: 22.3%) impacted by LFL sales and Getting 
Personal’s performance as described above. The business faced 
c£7m of cost headwinds, which we were able to mitigate in full 
through various business efficiency initiatives.

The table below reconciles underlying profit before tax to the 
statutory profit before tax for both financial years:

Underlying profit before tax
Non-underlying items:
Cost of sales

FY19
£’m

74.6

FY18
£’m

80.5

Gain/(loss) on foreign currency derivative 
financial instruments not designated as a hedge

4.2

(7.6)

Operating expenses

Impairment of goodwill (*see below)
Other non-underlying operating expenses

(11.9)
–

–
(0.3)

 FY19
£’m

88.2
1.2

89.4

 FY18
£’m

Increase/ 
(Decrease)

91.1
2.9

(3.2%)
(58.6%)

94.0

(4.9%)

21.0%
7.4%

 22.5% (1.5ppts)
16.4% (9.0ppts)

20.5%

22.3% (1.8ppts)

Net finance expense

Refinanced debt issue cost amortisation

Statutory profit before tax

(0.3)

–

66.6

72.6

The Group’s underlying operating margin similarly decreased to 
18.0% (FY18: 19.7%).

Group EBITDA increased to £93.6m (FY18: £86.1m).

Looking forward to FY20, the retail sector continues to face 
well-publicised cost headwinds, from national living wage 
increases in particular. Given its best in class margins, 
generated by a unique vertically integrated model, the Board 
believes that the business is very well placed to manage  
this ongoing cost pressure over the medium term and, as in 
previous years, a number of new business efficiency initiatives 
are underway.

Alongside the operational investment, which annualised in 
FY19, we are also continuing to invest across the Group, 
including further improvement of our customer proposition  
and ongoing investment in our digital and IT capabilities and 
infrastructure, in order to enable the delivery of long-term 
sustainable growth.

Based on our current revenue targets and subject to any 
unexpected product mix shift or significant exchange rate 
fluctuations, we anticipate that, after cost growth mitigation, 
our FY20 EBITDA will be broadly in line with that achieved in 
FY19, excluding the impact of IFRS 16 (see note 30 to the 
financial statements on page 115).

NET FINANCING EXPENSE

Net financing expense, excluding non-underlying items, 
increased to £3.9m (FY18: £2.9m), which was driven by a c9% 
increase in average debt levels and an increase in the average 
effective interest rate.

PROFIT BEFORE TAX

Underlying profit before tax for the financial year amounted  
to £74.6m (FY18: £80.5m), a decrease of 7.3%. Whilst, overall 
profit before tax for the financial year amounted to £66.6m 
(FY18: £72.6m).

22 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

*   The Board deemed it necessary to undertake a review of the Getting Personal CGU (as 
defined in the notes to the financial statements) after sales and profitability declines in 
two of the last three years provided an indication of impairment. The Board concluded 
that its latest assessment of the CGU’s recoverable amount requires an impairment loss 
of £11.9m to be recognised. There is no resulting impact on cash.

Further detail on the other non-underlying reconciling items is 
set out in note 1.

ACCOUNTING FOR LEASES

IFRS 16: Leases becomes effective for the first time in the next 
financial year, ending 31 January 2020. It requires entities to 
apply a single lessee accounting model, with lessees recognising 
right-of-use-assets and lease liabilities on balance sheet for all 
applicable leases. In addition, the nature of expenses related to 
those leases will change because IFRS 16 replaces the straight-line 
operating lease expense with a depreciation charge for the 
right-of-use assets and an interest expense relating to lease 
liabilities. Whilst the cash flow profiles of such operating lease 
arrangements will not change, EBITDA profitability will improve 
significantly as a result. The Group intends to adopt the standard’s 
full retrospective approach, the currently anticipated financial 
statement impact from which is set out in note 30 on page 115.

TAX

The tax charge for the year increased to 22.8% of profit before 
tax (FY18: 19.7%). The underlying tax charge (excluding the 
impairment of goodwill) reduced to 19.4% of profit before tax 
(FY18: 19.6%).

EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic and diluted underlying earnings per share for the year were 
17.6p (FY18: 18.9p), a decrease of 7.1%. After the non-underlying 
items described above, basic and diluted underlying earnings per 
share for the year were 15.0p (FY18: 17.1p), a decrease of 12.0%.

CAPITAL EXPENDITURE

Capital expenditure in the year amounted to £12.1m (FY18: £13.1m), 
including strategic investments of £4.7m, principally in relation to 
commercial initiatives in store, EPOS and vertical integration.

The Board anticipates capital expenditure for FY20 to be c£18m, 
including (i) further investment in the business’s vertically 
integrated supply chain equating to c£6.0m, with the replacement 
of one of two digital printing presses, replacing card finishing 
machines and installing new robotic technology reducing 
manufacturing unit costs; (ii) investment in a new cardfactory.co.uk 
platform, including enabling click and collect from Card Factory 
stores; and (iii) investment in new warehouse technology.

 
STRONG FINANCIAL POSITION

The Group remains highly cash generative, driven by its strong 
operating margins, limited working capital absorption and the 
relatively low ongoing capital expenditure requirements of its 
expansion programme.

Cash conversion, calculated as Underlying EBITDA less  
capex and underlying working capital movements divided  
by Underlying EBITDA, increased to 96.5% (FY18: 85.3%).  
This increase reflects a short-term favourable working capital 
timing difference as at 31 January 2019.

Whilst the Group has limited exposure to the possible risks  
and uncertainties in relation to trading arrangements, customs 
agreements, tariffs etc. post Brexit, it is concerned about the 
potential for border disruption at UK ports and the impact this 
might have on supply chain and product availability. As such, 
the business has taken the opportunity to build up its inventory 
levels in recent months and expects to maintain increased 
inventory levels until this risk diminishes. In addition, and as 
discussed above, the Group seeks to mitigate its exposure to 
sterling volatility via its hedging policy.

As at 31 January 2019, net debt (excluding debt issue costs of 
£1.3m) amounted to £141.3m, analysed as follows: 

Borrowings
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Total borrowings
Add: debt costs capitalised

Gross debt
Less cash

Net debt

FY19
£’m

FY18
£’m

0.1
143.7

143.8
1.3

145.1
(3.8)

141.3

14.9
149.6

164.5
0.4

164.9
(3.6)

161.3

Net debt at the year-end represented 1.58 times Underlying 
EBITDA (FY18: 1.72 times); notwithstanding the short-term 
working capital timing difference, leverage was in line with 
previous guidance.

During the year, the Group extended its £200m RCF, which  
now terminates on 31 October 2023. The facility also has an 
additional £100m accordion and attracts the same rate of 
interest for leverage levels in line with the Group’s capital 
structure policy.

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Dividends 
Since IPO, the Board has adopted a progressive ordinary 
dividend policy for the Company, reflecting its strong  
earnings potential and cash flow characteristics, while allowing  
it to retain sufficient capital to fund ongoing operating 
requirements and to invest in the Company’s long-term growth 
and profitability. 

It remains the Board’s intention, subject to, inter alia, available 
distributable profits, to pay annual ordinary dividends based on 
a targeted ordinary dividend cover of between 1.5 and 2.5 times 
the Company’s underlying consolidated post-tax profit. Over 
the short-to-medium term, we expect to be at around the 
middle of the cover range.

Reflecting the Board’s ongoing confidence in the Company’s 
prospects, the Board is recommending to shareholders a final 
dividend of 6.4p per ordinary share, to give a total ordinary 
dividend for the year of 9.3p per ordinary share. Including this 
recommended dividend, and the special dividend of 5p per 
share paid in December 2018, total dividends for FY18 and FY19 
can be summarised as follows:

Interim dividend
Final dividend (recommended FY19)
Total ordinary dividend
Ordinary dividend cover
Special dividend

FY19
£’m

2.9p 
6.4p 
9.3p
1.89x 
5.0p 

FY18
£’m

2.9p 
6.4p 
9.3p
2.03x 
15.0p 

Total dividend

14.3p 

24.3p 

Capital structure and additional shareholder returns
As stated at the time of the IPO, the Board is focused on 
maintaining a capital structure that is conservative yet efficient in 
terms of providing long-term returns to shareholders. The Board 
has considered further the capital structure of the Group and 
continues to recognise the benefits of financial leverage, whilst 
also wanting to ensure that the Company has sufficient flexibility 
to invest in the growth of the business. The Board also notes  
the underlying leverage of the Group given its lease portfolio, 
although the Board believes that the Company’s average break 
period for its portfolio is shorter than that of its peers.

Over the medium term, the Board expects to maintain leverage 
broadly in the range of 1.0 to 2.0 times net debt to Underlying 
EBITDA, excluding the impact of IFRS 16 (see note 30 to the 
financial statements on page 115). It should be noted that net debt 
at the half and full year period ends is lower than intra year peaks, 
reflecting usual trading patterns and working capital movements.

In line with this, over the short-to-medium term, the Board 
currently expects to target year-end net debt/Underlying EBITDA 
of approximately 1.7 times, excluding the impact of IFRS 16  
(see note 30 to the financial statements on page 115). Reflecting 
the highly cash generative nature of the business, absent any 
material investments, the Board expects to generate surplus 
cash which it will return to shareholders; currently the Board 
expects to return surplus cash on an annual basis.

SPECIAL DIVIDEND
In line with the above, the Board has considered, inter alia,  
the current debt position of the Company and trading and 
investment expectations for the year ahead. Taking these  
into account, the Board currently expects to declare a special 
dividend at the time of the Company’s interim results, paid 
together with the interim dividend for the year. Any such 
dividend will be dependent on trading and other developments 
in the period from now until the time of the interim results. 

Including the impact of this special dividend, the Board 
currently expects FY20 year-end net debt/Underlying EBITDA  
in the current financial year to be in line with the above stated 
target, excluding the impact of IFRS 16 (see note 30 to the 
financial statements on page 115).

Kris Lee
Chief Financial Officer

15 April 2019

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

23

GovernanceFinancialsStrategic Report 
 
 
 
 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Good risk management is an integral part of business planning and achieving the Group’s strategic objectives. The Board and the 
senior management team are collectively responsible for managing risks and uncertainties across the Group.  
In determining the Group’s risk appetite and how risks are managed, the Board, Audit and Risk Committee and the senior 
management team look to ensure an appropriate balance is achieved which enables the Group to achieve its strategic  
and operational objectives and facilitates the long-term success of the Group.

The Group’s Audit and Risk Committee is responsible for reviewing the Group’s risk management framework and ensuring that it 
enables the Committee and the Board to carry out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, including those 
that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.

The Board reviews the Group’s most significant risks at least twice a year, in addition to periodically challenging the Executive 
Directors in relation to any specific concerns and as to what they consider to be the risks which would ‘keep them awake at night’. 
Further details of our risk management framework are set out in the Corporate Governance Report on page 48.

The principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group are set out below, together with details of how these are currently mitigated 
and if they have changed since last year.

Risk Type

Description

Mitigation

Our market
Since 2018

Increasing 
competition
Since 2018

The Group continues to generate 
most of its revenue from the sale of 
greeting cards, dressings, balloons 
and gifts.

Although the Group has a proven 
track record of understanding our 
customers, trends and tastes can 
change quickly and we may not be 
able to effectively predict and 
respond to this which could affect 
our sales, performance and 
reputation.

National value retailers and 
supermarkets continue to 
aggressively compete, particularly 
during key seasons. Product choice 
and quality, store location and 
design, inventory, price and 
customer service remain key to 
differentiating our offering. As we’ve 
evolved, our competitor group has 
widened and many of them enjoy 
strong brand recognition, financial 
resources, flexible retail space, 
purchasing economies of scale, more 
mature multi-channel capability and 
pricing flexibility, any of which could 
give them a competitive advantage.

• 

Increased the scope of customer and market research to 
support wider understanding of customer trends and to 
help us capture greater volume of card sales.

•  Commercial and Studio Directors working closely together 

to drive quality and value proposition and product 
innovation.

• 

Investment in new platform for cardfactory.co.uk to support 
development of multi-channel offer responding to 
changing shopping habits and grow our customer base.

•  Structured, data-led, programme of redesigning categories 

on a rolling basis ensuring ‘newness’ in our ranges.

•  More granular sales data driving purchasing decisions.

•  Continuous investment in vertical integration supporting 

our ability to respond to changes in its markets.

•  Closely monitor competitor activity. 

• 

Increased scope of our market research. 

•  Our design and print capability helps innovate, 

differentiate and improve the quality and value of our 
products.

•  Significant additional investment in our vertically 

integrated model underpins our competitive position.

• 

Invested in new platform for cardfactory.co.uk.

•  Rigorous store selection process and performance reviews.

•  Strategic trials commenced to address competitive 

challenges and capture share of convenience market.

24 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Risk Type

Description

Mitigation

Protecting and 
promoting our 
brands
Since 2018

‘Card Factory’ and ‘Getting Personal’ 
are the Group’s key brand assets. 
Protecting and enhancing them 
underpins our reputation. If we are 
unable to protect them or if we fail 
to sustain our appeal to our 
customers, our reputation and our 
sales and future prospects could be 
jeopardised.

Evolving our 
strategy
Since 2018

Managing our 
supply chain
Since 2018

Recent, well-publicised, examples of 
challenges for retailers, including the 
impact of widespread high street 
footfall decline, have emphasised 
the importance of evolving our 
strategy to reflect current market 
dynamics and customer shopping 
habits. The Group’s current strategy 
aims to achieve long-term value for 
our shareholders in a balanced way, 
reflecting the interests of all key 
stakeholders. If the strategy and 
vision for the business are not 
developed, communicated or 
delivered, performance could suffer. 

Third parties, including many in the 
Far East, supply nearly all of our 
complementary non-card products, 
handcrafted greeting cards and 
certain raw materials. If they fail to 
satisfy orders it may affect the 
business or result in us having to find 
alternative suppliers. We are also 
exposed to changes in supplier 
dynamics and increases in raw 
material prices. Our supplier profile 
means we are subject to the risks of 
manufacturing and importing of 
goods from overseas including 
freight costs and duty, as well as 
supply interruption and reputational 
risk arising from supplier labour 
practices.

•  Rigorous protection of our intellectual property and 

guidance and education for design teams.

•  Significant investments in colleague development 

programmes to underpin our ‘customer first’ approach.

•  Comprehensive store performance review programme in 

place to identify opportunities for improvement.

•  Widened scope of our customer and market research to 

understand brand perception.

•  Our design and print capability supports product 

innovation and differentiates us.

•  Further development and investment in processes that 
ensure product quality, safety and ethical production. 
Includes moving to a ‘no audit no order’ policy for all new 
suppliers. 

•  Strategic trials commenced to address competitive 
challenges and capture share of convenience and  
impulse markets.

•  The Board and senior management team take responsibility 

for the development and implementation of strategy.

•  Annual Board and senior management team strategy 

reviews took place during the year.

•  Business objectives are set in the context of our four pillar 
strategy and aligned with our Mission, Vision and Values.

•  A now, well-established, management team provide the 

capacity and capability to deliver and develop our strategy.

•  Strategy is communicated at our Engage Conference and 

cascaded throughout the business. 

•  Performance measures in place and monitored for all  
key operational programmes underpinning delivery of  
our strategy.

•  Maintain strong relationships with key suppliers 
increasingly with regular face-to-face meetings.

•  Continuously diversifying supplier base providing greater 
flexibility and reducing reliance on individual suppliers.

•  Third-party facilitated technical and ethical audits 

programme in place with a ‘no audit no order’ policy 
implemented for new suppliers.

•  Sedex membership (‘the Supplier Ethics Data Exchange’).

•  Further development and investment in processes that 
ensure product quality, safety and ethical production.

• 

‘Top down bottom up’ roll out of supplier terms across our 
key suppliers and all new suppliers.

•  Formally assessed impact of changes in tariffs in light of 

Brexit.

•  Forward purchased stock to mitigate potential inbound 

delays at ports as a result of Brexit. 

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

25

GovernanceFinancialsStrategic ReportPrincipal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Risk Type

Description

Mitigation

Developing  
our culture  
and leadership
Since 2018

Retaining and developing the 
culture and people which have 
been the foundation of the Group’s 
success is critical to the Group’s 
future growth. Leadership changes 
in recent years across the whole of 
the senior management team have 
emphasised the challenge and 
importance of retaining 
management cohesion and 
showing leadership. 

The Group’s strategy and long-term 
success depend on our ability to: 
implement succession plans for the 
senior management team; develop 
our colleagues; and invest in our 
teams to ensure we have the 
capacity and capability to grow. 
The failure to retain and develop 
our colleagues will harm our future 
prospects and result in increased 
costs for the business. 

Loss of key 
personnel
Since 2018

Managing 
change
Since 2018

•  Effective leadership is one of the elements measured in 

determining part of the CEO's and CFO’s annual bonuses.

•  Annual colleague engagement survey captured feedback 
on leadership and culture with action plans implemented 
to address specific issues.

•  Employee forums created to provide further voice on 

culture and leadership. 

•  Pulse survey carried out to measure the impact of 

management change on specific teams. 

•  Group’s leadership principles have been cascaded 

throughout the business

•  The Group’s Mission, Vision and Values now embedded 

across the Group.

•  Focus on developing pipeline of future leaders with talent 

mapping and Talent Breakfasts in place.

•  Development programmes established to support future 

leaders. 

•  Leadership principles defined and cascaded.

•  Senior management team now well established.

•  Group’s remuneration policy (set out in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 57 to 63) designed to 
ensure management incentives reflect the business, its 
strategic objectives and support the long-term success of 
the Group for the benefit of all stakeholders.

•  Managing succession planning and integrating new team 
members are elements measured in determining part of 
the CEO's and CFO’s annual bonuses.

The Group is continuing to 
implement significant change 
across the systems and processes 
that underpin its growth and 
efficiency. The speed and 
management of these changes 
introduces a risk of management 
overload and ‘business as usual’ 
activities could be compromised. In 
addition, the evolution of our 
strategy presents a risk that our 
ambition outweighs our current 
capacity to manage the change 
that goes with this. 

•  Significant investment in programme management 
capability supporting key change projects eg new 
platform for cardfactory.co.uk.

•  New Digital Director appointed to lead the digitalisation 

of the business. 

•  The Company’s new Chairman has significant experience 

of managing change and strategy evolution. 

•  Key business programmes aligned with strategic 

objectives in our Four Pillars.

•  Board receives regular progress updates throughout key 
business programmes to enable support and challenge.

•  New Central Operations Director appointed to lead 

several key retail change projects.

26 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Risk Type

Description

Mitigation

Finance and 
treasury
Since 2018

Our financing arrangements and 
the fact that we source most of our 
products from the Far East mean 
that a lack of appropriate levels of 
covenant headroom and/or cash 
resources in the Group, or 
significant variations in interest or 
exchange rates, could have an 
impact on our operations and 
performance. The CFO’s Review on 
page 21 sets out in further detail 
the risk to the Group of exchange 
rate fluctuations.

Business 
continuity
Since 2018

Significant disruption to any part of 
our vertically integrated business 
model, in particular to our printing 
facility, Printcraft, our distribution 
centre or our design studio, could 
severely affect our ability to supply 
our stores and could force us to use 
third parties which could be 
expensive and on onerous terms.

Compliance
Since 2018

Legal and regulatory compliance 
requirements continue to grow 
including: Modern Slavery Act, 
GDPR, Gender Pay Gap reporting, 
Payment Practices and National 
Living and Minimum Wage. 
Compliance is time-intensive and 
costly and failure to comply could 
lead to claims, penalties, damages, 
fines or reputational damage 
which, in some cases, are very 
material and could significantly 
impact the financial performance 
of the business.

•  Comprehensive costs tracking, including regular cost-

centre reviews, in place under our Business Efficiencies 
pillar.

•  Adequacy of current financing and cash flow and their 
ability to support delivery of Group strategy regularly 
monitored by the CFO.

•  Treasury management processes and policy in place to 
manage cash and exposure to foreign exchange and 
interest rate fluctuations including Brexit-related volatility.

•  Treasury strategy reviewed and approved annually by the 
Board with periodic consultation between the CFO and 
the Audit and Risk Committee Chairman.

•  Foreign exchange and interest rate hedging contracts 

pre-approved directly by the CFO and communicated to 
the Board monthly.

•  Further details of the Group’s financial position are 

described in the CFO’s Review on pages 20 to 23 and the 
Group’s viability statement is on pages 75 and 76 of the 
Directors’ Report.

• 

IT resilience review carried out in 2018 to assess Group-
wide back-up arrangements. Recommendations being 
implemented over the next year. 

•  The Group’s crisis management plan is in place with 

training to be rolled out over the next year.

• 

Information security specific crisis management plan 
developed for testing.

•  Multiple scenario crisis management exercise scheduled 

to be held during the year. 

•  Stock held across multiple locations to mitigate the risk of 
a catastrophic event at any one of our storage facilities.

•  The Group also maintains appropriate business 

interruption insurance cover.

•  Group’s General Counsel and Company Secretary 

oversees compliance with support from external advisers. 
Senior management team members liaise with him to 
identify and manage issues.

•  Key legislation trackers are in place with the Audit and 

Risk Committee regularly updated.

•  GDPR compliance programme in place and monitored. 

•  Ethical trading and anti-slavery policy adopted by the 

Board and rolled-out.

•  Senior management team members manage compliance 
of the Group’s key operational teams with escalation and 
disciplinary action where needed.

•  Policies and procedures governing behaviours in all key 
areas, some addressing mandatory requirements and 
others adopted voluntarily.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

27

GovernanceFinancialsStrategic ReportPrincipal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Risk Type

Description

Mitigation

Information 
technology
Since 2018

Online 
development
Since 2018

Reliable, efficient and resilient IT 
systems across the Group, and 
particularly those supporting our 
retail operations and vertically 
integrated model are critical to our 
success.

Failure to develop and maintain 
these or any prolonged system 
performance problems or cyber-
attack could seriously affect our 
ability to implement the Group’s 
strategy and to carry on the 
business and could render us liable 
to significant fines and reputational 
damage.

The Group’s trading websites,  
www.cardfactory.co.uk and  
www.gettingpersonal.co.uk are 
developing and important parts of 
the business and part of our Online 
strategic pillar. They operate in 
very competitive markets with low 
barriers to entry. If we do not 
evolve our Online offering, meet 
customers’ expectations and 
shopping preferences they may not 
deliver the anticipated revenue 
growth. This may also affect our 
reputation and customer 
perception of our brands.

• 

IT resilience review carried out in 2018 to assess 
effectiveness of Group-wide back-up arrangements. 
Recommendations being implemented over the next year. 

•  Review being conducted with external support to ensure 

IT strategy evolves with business strategy.

•  Formal IT governance process embedded and managed 
by IT steering group that prioritises and sanctions all 
material IT projects and aligns with strategic objectives.

•  Continued with scheduled investment in IT infrastructure 

enhancing cyber security.

•  Key IT risks are documented and agreed service levels for 

recovery of key business systems are in place.

•  Approved investment in new platform for cardfactory.co.uk 

to launch in late 2019.

•  Expanded product ranges and increased newness in 

designs.

•  Continue to innovate and test new propositions to 

understand customer appetite.

•  Appointed Group Digital Director to drive technology 

innovation, user experience and service.

•  New management team at Getting Personal. 

• 

In-house Design Studio online team driving differentiation 
and product innovation.

28 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Corporate Social Responsibility Report

OUR AIMS

Card Factory is committed to providing quality and value to our 
customers – the lifeblood of our business. In achieving this we 
recognise and understand the importance of showing all of our 
stakeholders how we take our corporate and social 
responsibility (‘CSR’) seriously.

Our aim is for CSR to be embedded within our culture; for it to 
guide management and employee behaviour; and to have clear 
responsibility and accountability both for our CSR strategy and 
for the actions necessary to execute it.

We do not have a separate CSR function as it is intrinsically 
important in every role. The Board has overall responsibility for 
CSR and how we manage and monitor performance.

Our CSR activity is focused on the following key topics:

•  Customers 

•  Manufacturing and Sourcing 

•  Environment 

•  Health and Safety 

•  Colleagues 

•  Community 

CUSTOMERS

Our business is built on providing great quality products, 
service and value to our customers.

Key achievements during the year were:

•  opening 50 net new stores in the UK, 1 new store in the 
Republic of Ireland and a franchise store in Jersey, 
introducing the brand into new areas;

• 

• 

• 

implementing our new brand and mission across our store 
estate and online;

launching over 4000 new designs, in store and online, across 
cards, gifting and dressings online to give our customers 
greater choice; 

investment in fixtures, navigation and point-of-sales across 
our store estate to improve merchandising and customer 
experience;

•  contactless payment being live across all of our stores, 

helping us to serve customers faster and improve customer 
experience; 

•  an increased focus and investment on customer insight, 

ensuring we continue to listen to our customers, to develop 
our service and proposition; 

• 

improving our online convenience offer, providing customers 
with a broad range of delivery options to meet the needs of 
our customer; and

•  developing the customer’s online journey making it easier 
and quicker to shop, add to their basket and checkout.

Awards 
YouGov 7th most popular brand in retail; and

Feefo Gold Service award winner for online service. 

The continued development of our products and service, both  
of which contribute to our retail proposition and customer 
experience continue to underpin our position as the UK’s leading 
specialist greeting card retailer – a position we intend to keep.

MANUFACTURING AND SOURCING

We are proud that the majority of cards sold in our stores are 
designed and manufactured by us in Yorkshire. The balance of 
cards and other products are sourced from a broad supplier 
base throughout the UK, Europe and the Far East, principally 
China.

Supplier auditing
We continue to develop our supplier factory auditing 
programme to ensure it provides reasonable assurance that we 
are trading with suppliers that operate ethically, and who also 
produce good quality safe products that comply with all 
relevant laws and standards. We carry out audits using 
third-party specialists to ensure consistency in assessment.

We do not place orders with any new suppliers until they have 
successfully satisfied our onboarding process and we have 
received satisfactory technical and ethical audit results. Where 
existing suppliers are outside of the EU and our purchases from 
them in the last financial year exceeded £50,000, we require 
separate ethical and technical audits commissioned by us to 
have been completed before we make any further orders.

Ethical audits
The ethical audits we commission use criteria, SA8000, which is 
an auditable certification standard developed by Social 
Accountability International. It encourages organisations to 
develop, maintain, and apply socially satisfactory practices  
in the supply chain. The SA8000 standard is the most recognised 
social certification standard for factories and organisations 
worldwide. The audit scope includes: child labour, forced labour 
and disciplinary practices, health and safety, discrimination, 
freedom of association, collective bargaining, working hours, 
remuneration and the environment.

Ethical audit results are categorised as either ‘Satisfactory’, 
‘Needs Improvement’ or ‘Needs Major Improvement’. If an audit 
indicates a supplier ‘Needs Major Improvement’ we will seek to 
ensure that an appropriate corrective action plan is put in place 
by the supplier and that the relevant member of our buying 
team is informed so that no further orders are placed with that 
supplier until a re-audit has been carried out and an acceptable 
result has been achieved.

In exceptional circumstances, where an unsatisfactory audit 
result occurs and the supplier concerned has an order in 
progress, the matter is brought to the attention of a senior 
member of the supply chain team so we can decide how to 
proceed. In certain instances this has resulted in financial loss 
where an order is cancelled or refused on the results of such an 
audit to ensure we maintain integrity over our supply chain.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

29

GovernanceFinancialsStrategic ReportCorporate Social Responsibility Report continued

Technical audits
The technical audits we commission focus on a supplier’s 
capacity to produce the number of goods we require safely, in 
accordance with our specifications and all relevant standards 
including those relating to labelling. Technical audit results are 
expressed as a percentage and, if the result is 95% or lower, a 
corrective action plan is sought for the non-compliances found 
in the audit and a suitable timeframe is agreed with the supplier 
and monitored. If the original audit result is less than 75%, a 
re-audit is arranged after evidence of corrective actions has 
been received. If we are not satisfied with the results of the 
re-audit we will not make any further orders with that supplier 
until the issues are rectified.

Trading companies
We continue to use trading companies in the Far East  
who source certain products on our behalf but retain the 
commercial relationship with their manufacturers. We are 
focused on materially reducing the number of trading 
companies we partner with and have reduced the numbers 
from in excess of 100 partners to less than 35 partners.  
We are continuing to develop our audit programme to ensure 
we have greater transparency over this part of our supply  
chain and have begun to commission confidential audits  
of the manufacturers our trading companies use. These audits 
preserve the identity of the manufacturers but provide us  
with assurance that they operate ethically and are capable  
of producing safe, high quality products in the quantities  
we require.

Through this process we aim to minimise the number of 
relationships we have with trading companies, simplify our 
supply chain and improve transparency.

We ask all of our suppliers to comply with our supplier 
compliance manual and we have continued to strengthen our 
quality assurance and inspection operations, utilising third-
party partners in the Far East to complement our  
own team.

We have been a member of Sedex, a large and recognised 
membership organisation which shares ethical trade data with 
members, since 2013 and we actively encourage our current or 
prospective suppliers to join this organisation, if not 
already members.

The audits we commission and the information provided 
through our Sedex membership help us to monitor human  
rights issues through our supply chain and we support this with 
periodic visits to the factories of key suppliers by our sourcing 
team. The continued investment in our sourcing team during 
the year gives us capacity to support greater scrutiny of 
supplier practices.

We publish our annual compliance statement in  
accordance with the Modern Slavery Act 2015. A copy of  
 the statement is available on our transactional website  
(www.cardfactory.co.uk) and on our investor relations website 
(www.cardfactoryinvestors.com). Within our statement we 
outline the processes we currently have in place and the steps 
we intend to take to develop our supply chain management 
procedures and to give assurance to our stakeholders that we 
take our commitment seriously. 

30 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Paper-based products
In our UK manufacturing operations, appropriate due diligence 
is undertaken to ensure, so far as practicable, that we comply 
with the EU Timber Regulations (‘EUTR’). We have also 
continued to develop the level of controls over paper-based 
materials within our products, sourced from the Far East, to 
replicate the level of due diligence we undertake within our own 
manufacturing facilities with those of third-party suppliers.

Our main trading subsidiary, Sportswift Limited (which trades 
as ‘Card Factory’), and our UK manufacturing operation, 
Printcraft Limited, are both FSC (Forest Stewardship Council) 
certified. This has and will continue to assist in providing a  
more robust and simplified supply chain over which to comply,  
so far as practicable, with EUTR and in demonstrating the 
transparency we have over our sourcing of paper-based 
materials from sustainable sources.

We are committed to working with our key third-party suppliers 
to ensure that products on sale in our stores are manufactured 
using FSC-certified material. Our long-term goal is that, so far 
as possible, all paper-based and wood-based products sold in 
our stores are produced using FSC-certified material by 2020, 
actively developing and promoting a policy to maximise the use 
of wood fibres from forestry operations certified by the FSC 
within our supply chain. From 2019 we are actively seeking to 
promote the use of the FSC certification mark on the products 
we sell.

RECYCLING

In our day-to-day operations we also seek to ensure that all 
paper and paper board materials classified as waste are 
separated and recycled and this is supported by our waste 
management services provider who only uses landfill as a final 
resort once all other disposal methods have been exhausted. To 
further support recycling we have started to retail cards with 
specific finishes that allow them to be 100% recycled. Our first 
range went on sale in January 2019.

SINGLE PLASTIC BAGS AND PLASTIC CARD PACKAGING

In recent years we have taken steps to reduce the level  
of single-use plastic bags used and target a year-on-year 
reduction of 10% in the use of such bags through supporting 
the sale of reusable bags.

There has been much publicity of the individual wrapping  
of greeting cards in the industry. We are proud that the majority 
of our cards are not wrapped. The individual handmade  
cards are wrapped, primarily to protect the product and we 
continue to review how we can further reduce the overall level 
of plastic waste.

ENVIRONMENT

We recognise our operations impact the environment  
and the policies we adopt are important to our business and  
its stakeholders.

Our objective is to reduce our impact on the environment,  
from material sourcing to customer use and disposal, across the 
following key topics:

Waste recycling
We recognise the impact that waste generated from our 
activities has on the communities we operate in. We proactively 
look to reduce the level of waste generated and maximise the 
proportion of waste that is recycled.

We continue to educate our teams to maximise the level  
of waste that can be recycled and minimise the number  
of collections required to reduce the associated carbon footprint 
of waste collection and movement and to minimise store waste 
sent to landfill.

All of our store locations have the facility to recycle paper, 
cardboard and plastic-based materials (which constitute a very 
large proportion of store waste) either through the use of dry 
mixed recycling containers (in which 95% of waste deposited 
must be recyclable) or waste containers which allow more 
specific separation of materials (with the latter mainly being in 
shopping centres with centrally managed facilities).

Our distribution centres in Wakefield also operate a recycling 
programme to ensure all plastic and cardboard materials are 
bailed on site and removed for recycling.

Packaging
We use a third-party consultancy to ensure we meet the 
requirements of the UK Packaging Waste Regulations and 
purchase the appropriate level of packaging recovery notes.

The majority of the products we sell are designed in-house 
which affords us the opportunity to reduce packaging waste for 
both products and transit packaging. We continually seek to 
improve this, and this also helps us to reduce container and 
road transport costs.

Energy
Electricity is the main form of energy we consume and we 
analyse consumption across our entire estate, including  
our distribution centres, our manufacturing facility and our 
stores. Where possible, we look for opportunities to reduce  
our consumption and reduce wastage by introducing new 
procedures or making use of available technology. As we have 
previously reported, this work was supplemented by an energy 
audit carried out under ESOS. The second round of ESOS will be 
reported on in December 2019.

Operationally, we have continued to focus on monitoring 
electricity usage.

We will continue to utilise the energy usage data we receive to 
support our store colleagues in reducing energy waste and 
consumption. This will be further supported by an e-learning 
module which will go out to all stores demonstrating the 
importance of energy conservation and the impact this has on 
the company and the wider environment. In addition, we’ll 
continue to review and perform electrical audits to ensure the 
equipment we use or inherit is energy efficient.

All of the new stores we open have LED lighting and energy 
efficient equipment installed and we continue to explore new 
technology to further reduce our in-store consumption.

We have also carried out a replacement program changing the 
lighting in the warehouses to LED which further saves energy and 
improves the lighting levels within the working environment. 

Fuel efficiency
We invest to improve fuel efficiency and reduce the number 
of miles travelled as part of our commitment to reducing 
energy consumption.

We operate a fleet of company cars and vans in which we aim 
to include, as far as practicable, more fuel-efficient vehicles 
and for which we monitor fuel consumption.

With our third-party distribution partners, we have actively 
taken steps to reduce miles travelled for store deliveries from 
our national distribution centre in Wakefield. By working in 
partnership with our carriers and making changes to our 
business processes, we are now sorting a large proportion of 
our deliveries destined for the northern parts of the United 
Kingdom and Scotland so that they are processed through 
northern distribution hubs.

Greenhouse gas (‘GHG’) emissions
Greenhouse gas statement for the Group
GHG emissions for the Group for the year ended 31 January 
2019, in tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent (‘tCO2e’), were:

Source

Fuel combustion (stationary)
Fuel combustion (mobile)
Fugitive emissions (F-gas)
Purchased electricity

TOTAL

tCO2e 

56.5
676.7
93.9
11,033.4

11,860.5

%

0.5
5.7
0.8
93.0

Annual comparison and emissions intensity

tCO2e

Total emissions
Emissions intensity*

2018-19

2017-18

Reduction

11,861
27.2

16,071
38.1

26.1%
28.6%

* 

Expressed in tCO2e per £m turnover.

Methodology and emission factors
These emissions were calculated using the methodology  
set out in the updated greenhouse gas reporting guidance, 
Environmental Reporting Guidelines (ref. PB 13944), issued by 
the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs in  
June 2013. Further details of the methodology applied in 
calculating these emissions can be found on Card Factory’s 
investor website (www.cardfactoryinvestors.com).

HEALTH AND SAFETY

The health and safety of all our employees, customers, 
contractors, visitors and members of the public is of paramount 
importance to the Group.

All colleagues are responsible for ensuring that stores and other 
working environments are safe and operated without significant 
risk. Health and safety is incorporated into our day-to-day 
practices, including colleague induction, supported and 
reinforced through our training programmes which help to 
mitigate health and safety risks.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

31

GovernanceFinancialsStrategic ReportCorporate Social Responsibility Report continued

Whilst the Board has ultimate responsibility for health and 
safety, it is managed on a day-to-day basis by our compliance 
and safety teams. The Compliance and Safety (Retail) Team 
now reports to the Central Operations Director and the 
Compliance and Safety (Warehouse and Support Centre)  
Team reports to the Supply Chain Director. This provides the 
opportunity to build stronger relationships with the teams they 
support.

Both teams continue to liaise with line managers in all parts  
of the business to ensure compliance with our policies and 
procedures and ensure that all colleagues receive appropriate 
training. The two teams work together using their collective 
knowledge and expertise to ensure our operations remain safe.

Compliance and safety meetings are held regularly throughout 
the year and are attended by representatives from key 
operational teams with appropriate escalation to the senior 
management team where material issues or risks arise. The 
overriding objective of the decisions taken at these meetings is 
to make our stores and workplaces safe places for customers, 
colleagues and visitors alike.

The compliance and safety team also analyses trends and 
takes a proactive approach to managing health and safety 
practices. It then liaises with colleagues throughout the 
business to improve the standard of health and safety.

Additionally, our activities during the year have sought to 
develop how we collaborate and communicate across the 
Group in addressing health and safety matters and to 
streamline processes and procedures.

Key activities and developments during the year included:

•  Compliance and Safety (Retail) moved across from Retail 

Operations to Central Operations to improve levels of focus 
and support;

•  development and deployment of new Health and Safety 
Training Modules on our new Athena training platform;

•  replacing paper-based training modules and deploying 
refresher online training modules to all retail colleagues;

•  ongoing team development, supporting colleagues through 
their NEBOSH training and rolling out Safety, Health and 
Environment Apprenticeships; and

•  significant recognition for our Compliance and Safety 

Apprentice who has been nominated for the Everywoman in 
Retail Rising Star Award.

The Board receives reports on health and safety matters across 
the Group including details of any material incidents and 
remedial actions.

COLLEAGUES

Our colleagues across the Group are critical to our ability to 
deliver the great products and customer service which underpin 
our success. 

We employ more than 7,000 permanent colleagues. During the 
Christmas trading period, colleague numbers increased to more 
than 13,000 across the Group, taking into account temporary 
seasonal workers. We introduced an online recruitment system 
last year and, again this year, managers said that it made 
recruiting our seasonal colleagues very straightforward. 

The focus during the past year has been on reducing our labour 
turnover in stores by continuing to develop a strong talent 
pipeline of store management, developing our leaders across 
the group so all of our colleagues feel they get what they need 
from their manager and engaging more with teams’ right 
across the business.

During the year we also relaunched our online learning system 
(LMS) Athena. Athena was initially launched in stores to provide 
our seasonal retail colleagues a modern and engaging 
onboarding process. Athena will be rolled out across the Group 
throughout the year to enable all of our colleagues to access 
the online training and development modules. 

Key activities during the last year have been:

•  an overhaul of our recruitment and onboarding processes in 
Retail, increasing the retention of our seasonal colleagues to 
89% over the peak trading period;

•  a considerable focus on development – aCardemy, 

apprenticeships and management development, laying the 
foundations for the future and recognising and rewarding 
the talents of our colleagues;

•  establishing employee forums across the Group;

•  publishing our Gender Pay Gap report with our ‘mean’ 

figures substantially below the national average;

•  rolling out ‘unconscious bias’ training to our retail and 

warehouse management teams;

• 

launching our first colleague recognition awards, the ‘Flitter 
Awards’, rewarding colleagues across the Group who live our 
values; and

•  the growth of ‘mycardfactory’ to include voluntary benefits 
for our colleagues including products to support wellness 
and financial wellbeing. 

We are an equal opportunities employer with a diverse 
workforce. Our policy is to recruit, develop, promote, support 
and retain skilled and motivated people regardless of disability, 
race, religion, belief, sex, sexual orientation, gender 
identification, marital status or age. 

32 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

At the end of the financial period the percentage breakdown of 
male and female colleagues across the Group was as follows:

Board
Senior management team
All employees

% Male

% Female

FY19

FY18

FY19

FY18

71
71
19

71
62
21

29
29
81

29
38
79

We improved our communication and engagement channels 
this year which resulted in a rise in the Group’s engagement 
score. 

We engage with our colleagues through our:

•  annual engagement survey ‘Be Heard’ which all colleagues 

participate in;

•  direct communication programme to our CEO ‘Tell Karen’ 

which enables colleagues to share their thoughts on how we 
can grow the business and ways we can provide our 
customers with a great service;

•  weekly bulletins which inform colleagues of everything from 

‘chat’ and social news, charity events to operational 
information;

•  television screens and video content. All office and 

warehouse locations have large screens so colleagues can 
see and read up-to-date information; and

•  regular Regional and Area Manager meetings to ensure that 
our retail field leaders, as well as our store managers, have 
the opportunity to hear and discuss key messages.

We also held our annual conference ‘Engage’ where we 
cascaded the plan and performance measures for the year  
to 150 managers with all colleagues receiving a cascade of  
the key messages and the ‘Golden Quarter Conference’ to 
communicate the plan and the products for the Christmas 
trading period.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

33

GovernanceFinancialsStrategic ReportWe recognise the importance of being responsible 

members of the communities in which we operate 

and work hard to support charitable causes that can 

benefit from our growth.

The Card Factory Foundation has three funds:

Match Fund

Helping Hand

Community Fund

through which the 

through which the 

through which the 

Foundation provides match 

Foundation provides help 

Foundation provides grant 

funding of the money 

in a time of need when 

funding to local projects, 

raised by our Colleagues for 

Colleagues are facing 

charitable causes and 

charitable causes.

hardship following a life 

welfare needs to benefit 

changing event.

the communities where we 

operate.

Founded in February 2018, the Card Factory Foundation are custodians of the money raised from the sale of the plastic carrier 

bags sold in our stores, since February 2018 the foundation has donated £190,078 to charitable causes.

We believe that the structure of the Foundation will enable the Group to continue donating to good causes that would 

otherwise miss out, as well as helping large established charities. 

Everyone wants to continue supporting the big charities but the ability to support 

things that are local and more personal to our Colleagues

makes a real difference.

Chris Beck, Chairman, Card Factory Foundation

34 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Card Factory is proud to have been supporting Macmillan Cancer Support since 2006. Colleagues 

and customers at Card Factory take part in multiple fundraising events throughout the year, ranging 

from loose change donations to the annual National Bear Raffle in our stores, as well as the sale of 

Macmillan Father’s Day cards and Christmas cards.

During the year we raised £704,063.98 for Macmillan which is an incredible achievement and we intend 

to continue this very successful partnership with Macmillan.

£5,879,697.96

raised to date in support of Macmillan Cancer Support since 2006.

We would like to take this opportunity to thank everyone for their amazing 

support of our partnership so far. Your continued support has allowed us to help 

people living with cancer live life as fully as they can by providing physical, 

financial and emotional support. Thank you once again from everyone at 

Macmillan Cancer Support – you are amazing.

Sharon Cottam, Partnership Manager, Macmillan Cancer Support

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

35

GovernanceFinancialsStrategic ReportCorporate Social Responsibility Report continued

The Group also donated £125,000 each to the British Heart Foundation, Alzheimer’s Society  

and the NSPCC, the charities chosen by our Colleagues and we intend to continue 

supporting these incredible charitable causes.

We are delighted that Card Factory have chosen to unite against dementia 
and continue supporting Alzheimer’s Society. So many of us have first-
hand experience of dementia and know how devastating the condition can 
be. We would like to take this opportunity to say a huge thank you to Card 
Factory and its customers for supporting us in this way.”

Sian Meech, Corporate Account Manager, Alzheimer’s Society

The BHF are delighted to be working with Card Factory. Heart and 
circulatory diseases still kill 1 in 4 in the UK, they cause heartbreak on every 
street. We’d like to thank Card Factory and all their customers who support 
us in our aim to beat heartbreak forever.”

Sarah Miller, Corporate Partnership Manager, British Heart Foundation

I can’t thank Card Factory enough. With Card Factory’s ongoing help we 
can continue our fight for every childhood, all the money raised will be 
going towards vital services – protecting children today and preventing 
abuse tomorrow.”

Tim Bradshaw, Regional Corporate Fundraising Manger, NSPCC

We support ‘Make-A-Wish Ireland’ as our official charity partner for our Republic of Ireland stores and 
we intend to continue working with ‘Make-A-Wish Ireland’ to enable them to continuing granting the 
wishes of children living with life-threatening medical conditions.

36 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

37

GovernanceFinancialsStrategic ReportDirectors and Officers

Paul Moody

Non-Executive Chairman

Karen Hubbard

Chief Executive Officer

Kris Lee

Chief Financial Officer

Karen was appointed to the Board  
of the Company with effect from  
22 February 2016. Before joining  
the Group, Karen served as Chief 
Operating Officer of B&M European 
Value Retail S.A., the fast growing 
multi-price value retailer, where she 
was responsible for retail operations, 
distribution and logistics, supply  
chain, IT, HR, marketing and store 
development. From 2009 to 2014,  
she held a number of senior roles at 
ASDA, latterly Executive Director of 
Property, Format Development and 
Multi-Channel. Karen previously spent 
14 years in BP’s retail operations, 
initially in Australia before moving  
to the UK in 2004 where she became 
UK Convenience Retail Director, 
responsible for BP’s own retail estate 
across all formats including Connect/
Simply Food, Motorway, Express and 
the franchise channel.

External appointments:
None.

Date joined Card Factory:
22 February 2016

Kris was appointed to the Board  
of the Company with effect from  
3 July 2017. Kris has more than  
20 years’ finance experience and, 
immediately before joining the Group, 
Kris served as Finance Director of the 
Edinburgh Woollen Mill Group (EWM). 
In addition to being responsible for 
EWM’s finance team, Kris oversaw 
EWM’s significant M&A programme 
including the acquisitions of the 
Edinburgh Woollen Mill, Peacocks, 
Austin Reed, Country Casuals, Viyella 
and Jaeger brands. Prior to EWM, 
Kris held senior finance roles in a 
number of businesses including 
Brighthouse, Phones4U, JD Sports, 
all:sports, BMI Healthcare, 20:20 
Mobile Logistics, Barclays and 3663 
Distribution. Kris is a Chartered 
Accountant and holds a BA (Hons) in 
Accountancy Studies.

External appointments:
None.

Date joined Card Factory:
3 July 2017

Paul joined the Board as Chairman  
of the Company with effect from  
19 October 2018. Paul has extensive 
experience in the consumer sector 
having spent almost 20 years at 
Britvic plc, one of the leading 
branded soft drinks businesses in 
Europe, including 8 years as CEO.

In February 2016 Paul was appointed 
as Chairman of 4imprint Group plc, 
the leading direct marketer of 
promotional products in the US, 
Canada and UK. Paul has been a 
Non-Executive Director at Pets at 
Home Group plc since March 2014 
and is Chair of their Remuneration 
Committee.

Paul was also Chairman of Johnson 
Service Group plc between May 2014 
and August 2018. 

Paul is the Chair of the Nomination 
Committee and a member of the 
Remuneration Committee.

External appointments:
Non-Executive Chairman of 4imprint 
Group plc and Non-Executive 
Director at Pets at Home Group plc.

Date joined Card Factory:
19 October 2018

38 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Octavia Morley

Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director

David Stead

Independent Non-Executive  
Director

Paul McCrudden

Independent Non-Executive  
Director

Octavia joined the Board as Senior 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
in April 2014 and has extensive 
experience of serving on boards  
of UK public companies. Octavia  
is a Non-Executive Director of Crest 
Nicholson Holdings plc and served  
on the board of John Menzies plc  
as a Non-Executive Director between 
2006 and 2015. Octavia was 
previously the Chief Executive of Oka 
Direct Limited and the Managing 
Director of Crew Clothing Co. 
Limited. She also served as Chief 
Executive Officer, and latterly as 
Chairman of LighterLife UK Limited 
until December 2009, has held 
positions as Commercial Director of 
Woolworths plc between 2003 and 
2005 and as Managing Director of 
e-commerce at Asda Stores Limited 
and Buying and Merchandising 
Director at Laura Ashley plc.

External appointments:
Independent Non-Executive Director 
of Crest Nicholson Holdings plc, 
Chairman of The Spicers-Officeteam 
Group Limited and Non-Executive 
Director of Ascensos Limited.

Date joined Card Factory:
30 April 2014

David Stead joined the Board as an 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
in April 2014. He is an experienced 
Director of companies in the UK retail 
sector. David was the Chief Financial 
Officer of Dunelm Group plc from 
2003 to 2015 and Interim Chief 
Financial Officer in 2018. David is also 
the Senior Independent Non-Executive 
Director of Joules Group plc and a 
Non-Executive Director of Majestic 
Wine plc. Prior to his role at Dunelm, 
David served as Finance Director for 
Boots The Chemists and Boots 
Healthcare International between 
1991 and 2003. David is a chartered 
accountant, having spent the early 
part of his career with KPMG.

External appointments:
Non-Executive Director of Majestic 
Wine plc, Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director of Joules 
Group plc and Honorary Member of 
Council, University of Birmingham.

Date joined Card Factory:
30 April 2014

Paul joined the Board as an 
Independent Non-Executive Director  
in December 2014. Paul is a marketing 
consultant, currently at Eventbrite 
running UK, Ireland and Benelux 
markets as an interim role. Prior  
to this, Paul was Global Head of Live 
Marketing at Twitter, a board director 
at advertising agency AMV BBDO, and 
spent his earlier career at Imagination 
and Accenture specialising in 
innovation and new technologies.  
Paul is an advisor to the National Trust, 
and previously served as Chairman of 
the board of trustees at Hoipolloi, an 
arts organisation funded by the Arts 
Council England.

External appointments:
Regional Advisory Board,  
National Trust.

Date joined Card Factory:
1 December 2014

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

39

FinancialsStrategic ReportGovernanceDirectors and Officers continued

Roger Whiteside 
obe
Independent Non-Executive  
Director

Roger joined the Board as an 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
in December 2017. Roger is currently 
Chief Executive of Greggs plc, the 
UK’s leading bakery food-on-the-go 
retailer. Prior to this, Roger served as 
Chief Executive of both the Thresher 
Group off-licence chain and Punch 
Taverns as well as having been a 
founding member and Joint 
Managing Director of Ocado. These 
roles followed a 20-year career with 
Marks and Spencer where he 
ultimately led its food business. 

External appointments:
Chief Executive Officer of Greggs plc 
and member of the Women’s 
Business Council.

Date joined Card Factory:
4 December 2017

Shiv Sibal

Company Secretary and  
General Counsel

Shiv joined the Company as General 
Counsel and Company Secretary in 
April 2014. Shiv is an experienced 
corporate finance lawyer with more 
than 16 years’ experience in the legal 
sector. Prior to joining the Company, 
Shiv was a corporate partner with 
international law firm Womble Bond 
Dickinson LLP focused on supporting 
public companies with IPOs, equity 
fundraisings, mergers and 
acquisitions, governance and their 
continuing regulatory obligations. 
Prior to joining, Shiv also spent more 
than 8 years working for international 
law firm Pinsent Masons LLP in their 
corporate team.

External appointments:
None.

Date joined Card Factory:
30 April 2014

Board Committees
Audit and Risk Committee

David Stead (Chairman)
Octavia Morley
Paul McCrudden
Roger Whiteside

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

Octavia Morley (Chairman)
Paul Moody
David Stead
Paul McCrudden
Roger Whiteside

Paul Moody (Chairman)
Octavia Morley
David Stead
Paul McCrudden
Roger Whiteside

40 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Chairman’s Letter – Corporate Governance

Paul Moody

Chairman

During the last year, the Board has focused on supporting the business in trading robustly through a challenging consumer 
environment whilst staying true to its mission to help customers celebrate their life moments. This mission directs our strategy and 
the Board is committed to ensuring this evolves and adapts to changing consumer needs whilst capitalising on opportunities to 
grow our market share and leverage the strength of the Card Factory brand. 

Additionally, the Board recognises the importance of managing change. During the year, I was appointed as Chairman, succeeding 
our retiring Chairman Geoff Cooper. Geoff led the Board as the Group implemented its strategy in the period since IPO. As 
Chairman, I will use my leadership experience and knowledge to ensure the Board effectively governs and supports the business as 
it looks to the future, taking into account the interests of all key stakeholders. 

During the year, the Board have considered the implications of changes in the regulatory environment in which we operate, 
particularly as regards the significant change in structure of the UK Corporate Governance Code and the regulator’s expectations 
of companies in demonstrating compliance. We are putting in place processes and structures to support this but are confident 
that many of the practices are already implicit within the way the Group is currently managed. 

We’ve given particular focus to the need for the Remuneration and Nomination Committees to take greater responsibility for and 
to listen to the workforce beyond the Executive Directors and the senior management team and will be updating the Committees’ 
terms of reference appropriately.

As a Board, we’ve evaluated our performance internally not just reflecting on the year past but on how we can ensure the Board 
continues to operate effectively in the future and at the appropriate level to support our CEO’s execution and development of the 
Group’s strategy. Further details of the review and the key objectives we agreed are set out in the report below.

We will continue to look for opportunities to improve while continuing to operate with our belief that pragmatic application of 
corporate governance principles and guidelines in a way that enhances or protects the value of the business should be the core 
component of the Board’s decision-making processes.

The membership and roles of each of the Board Committees are detailed in separate sections of this report together with the 
individual reports on their activities during the year.

At our Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’) this year, all of our Directors will be seeking reappointment.

I look forward to welcoming shareholders at the Company’s AGM in June.

Yours sincerely

Paul Moody
Chairman

15 April 2019

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

41

FinancialsStrategic ReportGovernanceCorporate Governance Report

LEADERSHIP AND APPROACH

ROLE OF THE BOARD

The Board is committed to the highest standards of corporate 
governance. The Board understands the importance of its 
leadership on governance in setting the culture and values 
instilled in the business, and in the achievement of long-term 
strategic goals, whilst successfully managing risks for our 
shareholders.

The strategy for the growth of the business is determined by the 
Board in a manner that facilitates the development and growth of 
the Group over the long term in the interests of its shareholders. 
We believe this requires the Company to recognise the importance 
of our duties to colleagues, customers, the community in which we 
operate and the interests of our other key stakeholders.

We believe that good governance is demonstrated by applying 
corporate governance principles and guidelines in a way that 
enhances or protects the value of the business. This ensures a 
pragmatic governance culture sits alongside the 
entrepreneurial spirit which has enabled Card Factory to 
develop into the business it is today.

KEY GOVERNANCE ACTIVITIES

Key activities during the year were:

•  managing and supporting the induction of our Chairman, 
Paul Moody, who formally succeeded Geoff Cooper on 19 
October 2018; 

•  continuing to support our Chief Executive Officer, Karen 
Hubbard, in both her development of the Group’s longer-
term strategy and her reflection and refinement of the 
Group’s current strategy taking into account the 
opportunities, risks and challenges the Group faces over  
the short to medium term; 

• 

through the Remuneration Committee, supporting the 
implementation of the new Remuneration Policy following 
shareholder approval at the AGM on 31 May 2018;

•  continuing to support Karen and Kris with the development 

of the wider management team and a structure for 
identifying and developing future leaders from within  
the Group; 

•  continuing to review the objectives and performance of the 

business in each of the four pillars of its growth strategy and 
monitoring progress with the key business projects 
implemented during the year; 

• 

• 

• 

reviewing the Group’s risk register and supporting Karen 
and Kris with the implementation of internal controls to 
mitigate identified risks of the Group; 

regularly evaluating the Board’s current agenda during the 
year as well as planning for the year ahead; and 

inviting external speakers from a range of backgrounds to 
Board meetings to share their business insights, experience 
and also their views on the prevailing macroeconomic 
environment and its impact on retailers. 

CODE COMPLIANCE

The Board has complied with and intends to continue to comply 
with the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code 
published in September 2016 by the Financial Reporting Council 
(‘the UK Corporate Governance Code’ or ‘the Code’) a copy  
of which can be obtained from www.frc.org.uk. The Company 
will report to its shareholders on its compliance with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code in accordance with the Listing 
Rules (‘LRs’).

42 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

BOARD COMPOSITION, BALANCE AND INDEPENDENCE

The Board currently comprises seven members.

The Code recommends that at least half the board of directors 
of a UK listed company, excluding the Chairman, should 
comprise Non-Executive Directors determined by the Board to 
be independent in character and judgement and free from 
relationships or circumstances which may affect, or could appear 
to affect, the director’s judgement. The constitution of the 
Company’s Board complies with the Code’s recommendation.

Paul Moody was appointed to the Board as Chairman with 
effect from 19 October 2018, succeeding Geoff Cooper who 
retired with effect from 18 October 2018. Paul’s appointment 
supports the Board’s continuing commitment to ensure it has 
the appropriate balance of skills and experience to support its 
exercise of its duties and that succession planning extends to 
the Board itself.

The Board remains relatively small but is confident that, as 
currently constituted, it continues to be an effective and 
efficient decision-making body that supports the Group’s 
strategy and growth. This is kept under constant review 
together with succession planning for the Board as a whole.

The Board considers all of the current Non-Executive Directors 
as independent Non-Executive Directors (within the meaning  
of the Code) and free from any business or other relationships 
that are likely to interfere with the exercise of their independent 
judgement.

Chairman – Paul Moody
The Code recommends that, on appointment, the chairman of 
a company with a premium listing on the Official List should 
meet the independence criteria set out in the Code.

On appointment, the Board considered Paul Moody to be 
independent and his appointment is subject to the terms of a 
letter of appointment dated 15 October 2018.

Senior Independent Director – Octavia Morley
The Code recommends that the board of directors of a company 
with a premium listing should appoint one of the Non-Executive 
Directors as a Senior Independent Director to provide a sounding 
board for the Chairman and to serve as an intermediary for the 
other Directors when necessary. The Senior Independent Director 
should be available to shareholders if they have concerns, which 
contact through the normal channels of the Chief Executive 
Officer has failed to resolve, or for which such contact is 
inappropriate. Octavia Morley has been appointed as the Senior 
Independent Director of the Company and has considerable 
experience of acting as an Independent Non-Executive  
Director having been an Independent Non-Executive Director  
of John Menzies plc between 2006 and 2015.

BOARD RESPONSIBILITY

The Company has a clear division of responsibilities between the Non-Executive Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer. In 
general terms, the Non-Executive Chairman is responsible for running the Board and the Chief Executive is responsible for running 
the Group’s business on a day-to-day basis.

This clear division of responsibilities, when taken together with the schedule of matters which the Board has reserved for its own 
consideration, ensures that no one person has unlimited and unchecked power to make decisions that may have a material impact  
on the Group as a whole. A copy of the matters reserved for the Board is available on Card Factory’s investor website 
(www.cardfactoryinvestors.com) and, on request, from the Company Secretary.

BOARD ATTENDANCE

During the year, the Board held 10 scheduled meetings and various Board Committee meetings were also held with attendance as 
follows:

Director

Role

Board
Meetings
(10 meetings)

Remuneration
Committee
(3 meetings)

Audit and 
Risk
Committee
(3 meetings)

Nomination
Committee
(7 meetings)

Non-Executive Chairman and Chair of Nomination Committee1
Non-Executive Chairman and Chair of Nomination Committee1
Senior Independent Director and Chair of Remuneration Committee
Independent Non-Executive Director and Chair of Audit and Risk Committee

Geoff Cooper
Paul Moody
Octavia Morley
David Stead
Paul McCrudden Independent Non-Executive Director
Roger Whiteside Independent Non-Executive Director
Karen Hubbard Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer
Kristian Lee

7
3
10
10
10
9
10
10

2
1
3
3
3
3
–
–

–
–
3
3
3
3
–
–

–
–
7
7
7
–
–
–

1  Geoff Cooper retired from the Board on 18 October 2018. Paul Moody joined the Board 19 October 2018. Roger Whiteside was unable to attend the June 2018 Board meeting. Unless 

otherwise noted, all Directors have attended all relevant Board and Committee meetings during their appointment

BOARD ACTIVITIES AND EFFECTIVENESS

Board meetings are structured to ensure they focus on key strategic and operational matters that are affecting the business and 
examples of topics reviewed during the year are set out below. Additionally, the Board considers any decisions that are within the 
matters reserved for the Board.

The Board had in place a schedule of matters that were discussed during the year and a similar schedule is in place for the current 
financial year. As part of normal planning, the Board puts these schedules in place in advance of each financial year and they 
include regular reports from the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer on the operational and financial 
performance of the Group together with regular feedback from the Non-Executive Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors on 
their engagement with the business.

They also include a rolling agenda of other key strategic, operational, governance and risk topics, as well as updates on key 
business programmes and periodic presentations from senior management team members. These ensure that the Group’s 
Non-Executive Directors remain informed of key developments within the Group. The Board regularly reflects on this rolling 
agenda to ensure it is responding to the strategic and operational challenges faced by the business.

The key topics discussed by the Board during the year were:

Strategy

Performance

Governance

Group strategy
Group budget
Commercial and Product strategy
Supply Chain strategy
HR strategy and engagement
Vertical Integration initiatives
Brand review
Online strategy
SAYE 2019 grant

Annual results
Interim results
Regular trading updates
Key project updates
Regularly tracking four pillars
EPOS review
ROI performance review
Competitor updates
Property review
Retail operations review

Board evaluation
Treasury policy
Governance and legal updates
Board decisions review
NED reports
Principal risks review
Investor relations updates
Board and Committee planner
Modern Slavery Act statement
Health and safety review

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

43

FinancialsStrategic ReportGovernanceCorporate Governance Report continued

All Directors receive papers in advance of Board meetings 
including regular reports from the senior management team 
covering the parts of the business they are responsible for and 
which monitor achievement against the Group’s key 
performance indicators, both financial and strategic. As part of 
these papers, the Board also now receives progress updates on 
key business programmes together with a document which 
tracks progress within each of the four pillars of our strategy.

To aid efficient decision-making, we use a standard form Board 
decision paper for material matters requiring Board approval 
that includes management’s clear recommendation on the 
decisions being taken.

Minutes of all Board and Committee meetings are taken by the 
Company Secretary and circulated for approval. The minutes 
record actions, decisions and deadlines arising out of the topics 
discussed and a rolling list of actions accompanies the minutes 
for each Board meeting which enables the Board to regularly 
monitor the progress.

External speakers
During the year, the Board continued to invite external speakers 
to our Board meetings as lunch guests. These sessions, whilst 
relatively informal, provided valuable business insights and 
experience from our guests together with their views on the 
prevailing macroeconomic environment and its impact on 
retailers. The Board intends to continue with this programme of 
speakers during the coming year with a focus on insights that 
will support the Board’s strategic planning.

Board strategy day
The Board held its annual strategy day in July 2018, at which  
it reviewed each element of the Group’s four growth pillars 
together with longer-term strategic opportunities. Key actions 
from that day are reflected in management’s planning for the 
business with the Board having the opportunity to review 
progress with key strategic projects throughout the year. 

INVESTOR RELATIONS

The Board recognises the importance of explaining financial 
results and key strategic and operational developments in the 
business to the Company’s shareholders, and of understanding 
any shareholder concerns. The Board regularly communicates 
and meets with shareholders and analysts and the Board will 
continue to adopt this approach.

The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have 
overall responsibility for investor relations. They are currently 
supported by the Company’s financial PR advisers and its joint 
corporate brokers, UBS and Investec, who help organise 
presentations and visits to the Group’s operations and stores for 
analysts and shareholders.

The formal reporting of the Group’s full and half-yearly results 
has been and will continue to be a combination of presentations, 
group calls and meetings and one-to-one meetings in a variety 
of locations where we have shareholders. 

The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer report 
back to the Board after any investor-related events and also 
ensure that the Board is kept regularly informed of feedback 
from analysts and shareholders. In addition, the Chairman and 
the Non-Executive Directors regularly join the Executive Directors 
at these investor-related events and occasionally meet with 
shareholders separately to discuss the Group’s approach to 
governance and other governance developments which affect 
the Group. The Group’s brokers also provide feedback after the 
full and half-year results’ announcements and, as appropriate, 
other investor-related events to inform the Board about investor 
views.

All the Non-Executive Directors and, in particular, the Chairman 
and Senior Independent Director are available to meet with 
major shareholders, if they wish to raise issues separately from 
the arrangements described above. 

The Company will also communicate with shareholders through 
the AGM, at which the Chairman will give an account of the 
progress of the business over the last year and a review of 
current issues, and will provide the opportunity for shareholders 
to ask questions. All Directors will be available at the AGM.

Card Factory’s investor website is also updated with news and 
information including this Annual Report and Accounts, setting 
out our strategy and performance together with our plans for 
future growth (www.cardfactoryinvestors.com).

SIGNIFICANT SHAREHOLDERS

Details of the Group’s significant shareholders and of 
shareholder voting rights are set out in the Directors’ Report on 
page 75.

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR MEETINGS

The Chairman and the other Non-Executive Directors met on 
three separate occasions in the year without Executive 
Directors being present and they intend to continue to meet 
regularly to ensure that any concerns can be raised and 
discussed outside formal Board meetings. On one of these 
occasions, the Senior Independent Director and the other 
Non-Executive Directors continued the meeting without the 
Chairman to discuss his performance and succession planning.

The Chairman and the other Non-Executive Directors regularly 
have informal meetings with the Executive Directors and other 
members of the senior management team in the business, often 
at a store location or at the Group’s support centre.

BOARD COMMITTEES

The Board has three Committees:

•  an Audit and Risk Committee; 

•  a Nomination Committee; and 

•  a Remuneration Committee. 

If the need should arise, the Board may set up additional 
Committees.

44 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Audit and Risk Committee
The Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board in discharging 
its responsibilities with regard to:

• 

financial reporting; 

The Audit and Risk Committee’s terms of reference, which  
are available on request from the Company Secretary  
and are published on Card Factory’s investor website  
(www.cardfactoryinvestors.com), comply with the Code.

•  external and internal audits and controls, including 

reviewing and monitoring the integrity of the Group’s annual 
and interim financial statements; 

• 

reviewing and monitoring the extent of the non-audit work 
undertaken by external auditors; 

•  advising on the appointment of external auditors; 

•  overseeing the Group’s relationship with its external 

auditors; 

• 

• 

reviewing the effectiveness of the external audit process; 

reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls 
and risk management systems; and 

•  whistleblowing and loss prevention.

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee assists the Board in determining 
its responsibilities in relation to remuneration, including:

•  making recommendations to the Board on the Company’s 

policy on executive remuneration; 

• 

setting the over-arching principles, parameters and 
governance framework of the Group’s remuneration policy; 
and 

•  determining the individual remuneration and benefits 

package of each of the Company’s Executive Directors, its 
Company Secretary and other members of the Group’s 
senior management team. 

The ultimate responsibility for reviewing and approving the 
Annual Report and Accounts and the half-yearly reports 
remains with the Board. The Audit and Risk Committee will give 
due consideration to laws and regulations, the provisions of the 
Code and the requirements of the Listing Rules. The Code 
recommends that an Audit Committee should comprise at least 
three members who are Independent Non-Executive Directors, 
and that at least one member should have recent and relevant 
financial experience. The Audit and Risk Committee is currently 
chaired by David Stead, and its other members are Octavia 
Morley, Paul McCrudden and Roger Whiteside. The Directors 
consider that David Stead has recent and relevant financial 
experience.

The Audit and Risk Committee met three times during the year 
and, in future, will meet no fewer than three times per year.

The Audit and Risk Committee has taken appropriate steps  
to ensure that the Company’s auditor is independent of  
the Company and obtained written confirmation from the 
Company’s auditor that it complies with guidelines on 
independence issued by the relevant accountancy and  
auditing bodies.

The Audit and Risk Committee has access to sufficient 
resources to carry out its duties, including the services of the 
Group General Counsel and Company Secretary and the 
Group’s loss prevention team. Independent external legal and 
professional advice can also be taken by the Audit and Risk 
Committee if it believes it is necessary to do so.

The Audit and Risk Committee chair will be available at Annual 
General Meetings of the Company to respond to questions from 
shareholders on the activities of the Audit and Risk Committee 
during the year, a report on which is set out on pages 50 to 53 
of the Governance section of this report.

The Remuneration Committee also ensures compliance with the 
Code in relation to remuneration and is responsible for 
preparing an annual remuneration report for approval by the 
Company’s members at its AGM.

Non-Executive Directors’ and the Chairman’s fees are 
determined by the full Board.

The Code provides that a Remuneration Committee should 
comprise at least three members who are Independent 
Non-Executive Directors, free from any relationship or 
circumstance which may or would be likely to, or appear to, 
affect their judgement and that the Chairman of the Board of 
Directors may also be a member provided he is considered 
independent on appointment. The Remuneration Committee  
is chaired by Octavia Morley, and its other members are  
Paul Moody, David Stead, Paul McCrudden and Roger 
Whiteside. Geoff Cooper was a member until his retirement  
on 18 October 2018.

The Remuneration Committee met three times during the year. 
In future, it will meet not less than twice a year.

The Board and the Remuneration Committee have employed 
Korn Ferry Hay Group (Korn Ferry), a professional services 
business which specialises in executive remuneration,  
to advise and assist in connection with the Group’s executive 
remuneration arrangements and its reporting obligations.  
Korn Ferry do not provide any other services to the Group.

A report on the Remuneration Committee’s activities during the 
year is set out on pages 54 to 70 of the Governance section of 
this report.

The Remuneration Committee’s terms of reference,  
which are available on request from the Company Secretary 
and are published on Card Factory’s investor website  
(www.cardfactoryinvestors.com), comply with the Code.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

45

FinancialsStrategic ReportGovernanceAdditionally, the Non-Executive Directors have continued their 
informal ‘buddying up’ visits with members of the senior 
management team to build on their day-to-day knowledge of 
specific areas of the business and support the team in 
sustaining and developing our strategy.

New Directors are also given the opportunity to review information 
about the Group including Board and Committee papers and 
strategy documentation which they may find useful in preparing 
for their role.

The Group’s Company Secretary and General Counsel regularly 
reports to the Board on any new legal, regulatory and 
governance developments that affect the Group and, where 
necessary, actions are agreed.

Please see the Directors’ biographies on pages 38 to 40 for 
details of the skills and experience of each Director.

BOARD EVALUATION 

As required by the Code, the Board conducted an internal 
evaluation during the year which was led by the Chairman and 
the Company Secretary. This evaluation reflected on the 
findings of the externally facilitated evaluation carried out last 
year (a detailed summary of which was included in last year’s 
Annual Report and Accounts) and the Board’s performance 
against the objectives it set itself. In addition, the Board 
identified the following high-priority objectives for the current 
year that will underpin the continuing effective functioning of 
the Board:

•  establishing a compelling articulation of the Group’s 

longer-term growth strategy;

• 

reviewing and refining the Group’s approach to investor 
communications to ensure an inclusive and efficient process 
with appropriate rigour and challenge; and

•  appropriately aligning the information provided to the 

Board with that used by the Group’s senior management 
team to support consistent and effective challenge of the 
matters being reported on; and

Board evaluation will continue to be conducted on an annual 
basis and the Board will, every third year, as required by the 
Code, conduct an externally facilitated evaluation, with the 
next one of these to take place in the financial year ending  
31 January 2021.

Corporate Governance Report continued

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee assists the Board in discharging its 
responsibilities relating to the composition and make-up of the 
Board and any committees of the Board. It is also responsible for 
periodically reviewing the Board’s structure and identifying 
potential candidates to be appointed as Directors or Committee 
members as the need may arise. The Nomination Committee is 
responsible for evaluating the balance of skills, knowledge and 
experience and the size, structure and composition of the Board 
and Committees of the Board, retirements and appointments of 
additional and replacement Directors and Committee members 
and will make appropriate recommendations to the Board on 
such matters.

The Code recommends that a majority of the members of a 
Nomination Committee should be Independent Non-Executive 
Directors. The Nomination Committee is chaired by Paul Moody 
and its other members are Octavia Morley, David Stead, Paul 
McCrudden and Roger Whiteside. The Directors therefore 
believe that the Company is in compliance with the Code.  
The Nomination Committee met seven times during the year, 
which is considerably more than in prior years, with these 
additional meetings being required to manage the succession 
of Geoff Cooper as Chairman. In future, the Committee will 
meet not less than once a year. A report on the activities of the 
Nomination Committee during the year is set out on pages 71  
to 73 of the Governance section of this report. The Nomination 
Committee’s terms of reference, which are available on request 
from the Company Secretary and are published on Card 
Factory’s investor website (www.cardfactoryinvestors.com), 
comply with the Code.

TRAINING AND INDUCTION

It is important to the Board that all Directors have the ability to 
influence and challenge appropriately so that the Board and 
the Group, as a whole, can maximise the benefit they derive 
from their business knowledge and experience.

New Directors receive a full, formal and tailored induction on 
joining the Board, including meeting other members of the 
Board, the senior management team, other key team members 
and the Group’s advisers. The induction includes visits to the 
Group’s stores, support centre, its design studio, Printcraft (the 
Group’s print facility) and the headquarters of its online 
subsidiary, Getting Personal (www.gettingpersonal.co.uk).

Since joining in October 2018, Paul Moody has been through a 
tailored induction programme, details of which are set out in 
the Nomination Committee Report on pages 72 and 73.

Throughout the year, all of the Non-Executive Directors have 
continued to visit all of the Group’s operations, both for 
scheduled Board meetings and informally with members of the 
senior management team. Feedback on visits is given at 
subsequent Board meetings.

46 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

In accordance with the Code, all Directors will retire from the 
Board and offer themselves for election or re-election (as 
appropriate) at the AGM.

POWERS OF DIRECTORS

The business of the Company is managed by the Board, which 
may exercise all of the powers of the Company, subject to the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006, the Articles of 
Association of the Company and any special resolution of the 
Company. As stated above, the Board has adopted internal 
delegations of authority in accordance with the Code and these 
set out matters which are reserved to the Board or Committees 
and the powers and duties of the Chairman and the Chief 
Executive Officer, respectively.

At the AGM of the Company, the Board will seek authority to 
issue shares and to buy back and reissue shares. Any shares 
bought back would either be held in treasury, cancelled or sold 
in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. 
For further details see the Notice of Annual General Meeting 
which accompanies this report.

ADVICE, INDEMNITIES AND INSURANCE

All Directors have access to the advice and services of the 
Company Secretary. In addition, Directors may seek legal 
advice at the Group’s cost if they consider it necessary in 
connection with their duties.

The Directors of the Company, and the Company’s subsidiaries, 
have the benefit of a third-party indemnity provision, as 
defined by section 236 of the Companies Act 2006, in the 
Company’s Articles of Association. In addition, Directors and 
Officers of the Company and its subsidiaries are covered by 
Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance as well as prospectus 
liability insurance which provides cover for liabilities incurred  
by Directors in the performance of their duties or powers in 
connection with the issue of the Prospectus in relation to the 
IPO. Until his retirement on 18 October 2018, Geoff Cooper 
(former Chairman) had the benefit of these policies. No amount 
was paid under any of these indemnities or insurances during 
the year other than the applicable insurance premiums.

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

The Company’s Articles of Association can only be amended  
by a special resolution of its shareholders in a general meeting, 
in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

The Companies Act 2006 allows the Board of a public company 
to authorise conflicts and potential conflicts of interest of 
individual Directors where the Articles of Association of the 
company contain an enabling provision. The Company’s 
Articles of Association give the Board this authority subject to 
the following safeguards:

•  Directors who have an interest in matters under discussion 
at a Board meeting must declare that interest and abstain 
from voting; and 

•  only Directors who have no interest in the matter being 

considered are able to approve a conflict of interest and, in 
taking that decision, the Directors must act in a way they 
consider, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the 
success of the Company. 

The Directors are able to impose limits or conditions when 
giving authorisation if they feel this is appropriate. All Directors 
are required to disclose any actual or potential conflicts to the 
Board and there are no current matters disclosed that are 
considered by the Board to give rise to a conflict of interest.
All conflicts are considered by the Board and any authorisations 
given are recorded in the Board minutes and reviewed annually 
by the Board. The Board considers that its procedures to 
approve conflicts of interest and potential conflicts of interest 
are operating effectively.

APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

All Directors have service agreements or letters of appointment 
in place and the details of their terms are set out in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 54 to 70. The service 
agreements and letters of appointment are available for 
inspection at the Company’s registered office during normal 
business hours.

The Articles of Association of the Company provide that a 
Director may be appointed by ordinary resolution of the 
Company’s shareholders in general meeting, or by the Board  
so long as the Director stands down and offers him or herself 
for election at the next AGM of the Company. The Articles  
also provide that each Director must stand down and offer  
him or herself for re-election by shareholders at the AGM at 
least every 3 years. The Code recommends that directors of 
companies in the FTSE 350 index should be subject to annual 
re-election. The Company complies with this recommendation.

Directors may be removed by a special resolution of 
shareholders, or by an ordinary resolution of which special 
notice has been given in accordance with the Companies Act 
2006. The Articles of Association of the Company also provide 
that the office of a Director shall be vacated if he is prohibited 
by law from being a Director, or is bankrupt; and that the Board 
may resolve that his or her office be vacated if he or she is of 
unsound mind or is absent from Board meetings without consent 
for six months or more. A Director may also resign from the 
Board. The Nomination Committee makes recommendations to 
the Board on the appointment and removal of Directors.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

47

FinancialsStrategic ReportGovernanceCorporate Governance Report continued

GOVERNANCE AND RISK

The Board, as a whole, takes overall responsibility for ensuring 
that the Company has a continuous and robust process in place 
to identify, evaluate and manage any significant risks that may 
affect the achievement of the Group’s strategic and operational 
objectives. Given the nature of our business and our operating 
model, we do not have a separate risk committee. Our Audit 
and Risk Committee oversees our risk management framework 
as part of its activities, and ensures that it enables the 
Committee and the Board to carry out a robust assessment  
of the principal risks facing the Group, including those that 
would threaten its business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity.

The key elements of the process which have been established 
by the Group to identify, evaluate and manage any significant 
risks are as follows:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the Board and the senior management team take a 
leadership role in managing risk within the business and 
look to embed the principles of sound risk management in 
the teams they are responsible for managing; 

specific risks are recorded in the Group’s risk register and 
assessed in terms of impact and likelihood; 

responsibility for monitoring and managing these risks on a 
day-to-day basis is given to the relevant members of the 
Group’s senior management team and they provide regular 
updates to the Group’s Executive Directors and the rest of 
the senior management team; 

in the event there is a change in their assessment of the impact 
or likelihood of the risk or they identify a new risk which the 
Group may face, the Group’s risk register is updated to 
reflect this; 

the Audit and Risk Committee regularly reviews the Group’s 
risk register and gives detailed consideration to those risks 
which have been identified as principal risks affecting the 
Group and the actions being taken and processes in place 
to mitigate them as well as providing regular and rigorous 
challenge to the Executive Directors; 

the Board as a whole carries out a review of the principal 
risks affecting the Group twice a year as well as assessing 
whether the Group is striking an appropriate balance 
between its appetite for risk and the achievement of its 
strategic goals; and 

•  certain principal risks, for example, competitor activity and 

business strategy are, as part of the day-to-day 
management of the business, the subject of separate and 
regular detailed discussions at Board meetings and 
meetings of the senior management team.

The Board collectively recognises that the continuous robust 
assessment and control of risk are fundamental to the Group 
achieving its strategic and operational objectives, and the Audit 
and Risk Committee seeks to ensure that the risk management 
framework evolves with the business and the trading 
environment in which the Group operates.

The risk management framework is designed to manage, rather 
than eliminate, the risk of failing to achieve strategic objectives 
and can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance 
against material misstatement or loss.

The Board and the Audit and Risk Committee have reviewed 
the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management framework 
and the Company’s risk register and their alignment with the 
Company’s strategic objectives in accordance with the Code  
for the period ended 31 January 2019 and up to the date of 
approving the Annual Report and Accounts. The Board as a 
whole considered the principal risks and relevant mitigating 
actions and determined that they were acceptable for a  
retail business of the size and complexity as that operated by 
the Group.

INTERNAL CONTROL AND AUDIT

Overall responsibility for the system of internal control and 
reviewing its effectiveness lies with the Board. In its day-to-day 
operations, the Group continuously assesses the performance 
of its internal controls and, where necessary, looks to enhance 
its control environments. Additionally, Deloitte LLP provided 
internal audit services to the Group until 31 December 2018. 
Further details of the scope of their work during the year and 
the Group’s proposed approach to conducting internal audit 
reviews during the current year are set out in the report of the 
Audit and Risk Committee on pages 50 to 53.

The Group’s system of internal control can be summarised  
as follows:

Board

Takes collective responsibility for internal control 
Reserves certain matters for the Board
Oversees the control framework and responsibility for it
Approves key policies and procedures
Monitors development of performance

Audit and Risk Committee

Oversees effectiveness of internal control framework
Receives reports from external auditor
Approves internal audit programme
Receives internal audit reports

Senior management team

Responsible for operating within the control framework
Monitors compliance with policies and procedures
Recommends changes to controls where needed
Monitors performance

Loss prevention team

Focuses on cash losses, theft and fraud in stores

Compliance and safety risk assessors

Reviews compliance with internal procedures that ensures good
health and safety standards are observed

Internal audit function

Deloitte LLP (co-sourced until 31 December 2018)
Internal function from 01 January 2019 overseen by head of  
loss prevention

48 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

ANTI-BRIBERY

The Company has implemented internal procedures, annual 
colleague training and measures (including the provision of  
an Anti-Corruption and Bribery Policy) designed to ensure 
compliance by it and other members of the Group with the UK 
Bribery Act 2010 (as amended).

WHISTLEBLOWING

The Group is committed to conducting its business with honesty 
and integrity, with high standards of corporate governance  
and in compliance with legislation and appropriate codes of 
practice. We expect all colleagues to maintain such high 
standards but recognise that all organisations face the risk  
of things going wrong from time to time, or of unknowingly 
harbouring illegal or unethical conduct.

We recognise that a culture of, openness and accountability  
is essential in order to prevent such situations occurring, or to 
address them when they do occur. We provide a whistleblowing 
line and maintain a whistleblowing policy that is designed to 
encourage colleagues to report such situations without fear of 
repercussions or recriminations provided that they are acting in 
good faith. By having early knowledge of any wrongdoing or 
illegal or unethical behaviour, we improve our ability to intervene 
and stop it. The policy sets out how any concerns can be raised 
and the response that can be expected from the Company  
and provides colleagues with the assurance that they can do 
this in complete confidence. Our loss prevention team, in its 
day-to-day activities, seeks to reinforce this message and,  
in addition, the Group periodically uses communication 
campaigns to supplement this. The Audit and Risk Committee  
is notified of any whistleblowing reports.

This report was reviewed and approved by the Board on  
15 April 2019.

Paul Moody
Chairman

15 April 2019

Specific elements of the current internal control framework 
include:

•  a list of matters specifically reserved for Board approval; 

•  clear structures and accountabilities for colleagues, well 
understood policies and procedures, and budgeting and 
review processes all of which the Executive Directors are 
closely involved with; 

•  every member of the senior management team having clear 
responsibilities and operating within defined policies and 
procedures covering such areas as capital expenditure, 
treasury operations, financial targets, human resources 
management, customer service and health and safety; 

• 

the Executive Directors and the senior management team 
monitoring compliance with these policies and procedures 
and, in addition, regularly reviewing performance against 
budget, analysis of variances, major business issues, key 
performance indicators and the accuracy of business 
forecasting; and 

•  a continuous review programme of store compliance by the 
loss prevention team (as regards financial procedures in 
stores), by risk assessors working in the health and safety 
team and by other teams within the Group. 

The Audit and Risk Committee has responsibility for overseeing 
the Group’s system of internal controls and of the internal audit 
programme and receives the report of the external auditor as 
part of the annual statutory audit.

The Board and the Audit and Risk Committee have monitored 
and reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control 
systems in accordance with the Code for the period ended 31 
January 2019 and up to the date of approving the Annual 
Report and Accounts and confirmed that they are satisfactory. 
Internal control systems such as this are designed to manage 
rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives and can provide only reasonable and not absolute, 
assurance against material accounting misstatement or loss. 
Where any significant failures or weaknesses are identified from 
the systems of internal control, action is taken to remedy these.

DISCLOSURES UNDER DTR 7.2.6R

The disclosures the Company is required to make pursuant to 
DTR 7.2.6R are contained in the Directors’ Report on pages 74  
to 76.

SHARE DEALING CODE

The Company’s share dealing code was adopted in 2016 and 
incorporates the requirements of the EU Market Abuse 
Regulation which came into force in 2016. The code adopted 
applies to the Directors, members of the senior management 
team and to other relevant employees of the Group.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

49

FinancialsStrategic ReportGovernanceChairman’s Letter – Audit and Risk Committee

David Stead

Chairman of the  
Audit and Risk Committee

Dear Shareholder

The Committee’s activities during the year have focused on ensuring the Group’s structures, processes and controls continue to 
evolve, to address the changing regulatory and governance environment.

Whilst the Committee has confidence in the Group’s internal controls and its approach to managing risk, it recognises the 
importance of continuing to challenge management, not only to maintain these controls but to improve them in light of changing 
practice.

The Committee remains satisfied with the performance of KPMG LLP as our external auditor. However, we will continue to monitor 
this closely together with other developments affecting the auditing profession more generally, including Sir John Kingman’s 
independent review of the Financial Reporting Council and his consideration of the current rules on audit procurement.

There are a number of significant developments in corporate reporting, some of which (IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and IFRS 15 
Revenue from Contracts with Customers) have come into effect for the period being reported on and others which will take effect 
over the next financial year (including the new Corporate Governance Code and IFRS 16 Leases). The Committee has considered 
the impact of these, including the FRC’s guidance on disclosure, and will continue to monitor the Group’s approach to 
implementing these new standards. 

The Committee will continue to ensure that its activities are focused on business issues that add to, or preserve value and that they 
remain aligned with the strategic goals of the Group whilst also continuing to satisfy the requirements of the new Corporate 
Governance Code. 

The report that follows provides further detail on the Committee’s activities during the year.

I look forward to meeting shareholders at the AGM in June.

Yours sincerely

David Stead
Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee

15 April 2019

50 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Audit and Risk Committee Report

This report provides details of the role of the Audit and Risk 
Committee and the work it has undertaken during the year.

ROLE OF THE AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE

The principal responsibilities of the Committee, which has 
received delegated authority from the Board, are to:

•  oversee the integrity of the Group’s financial statements 

and public announcements relating to financial 
performance; 

•  oversee the Group’s external audit process including its 

scope and the extent of the non-audit services provided by 
our auditor; 

•  monitor the effectiveness of financial controls; 

•  evaluate the process for identifying and managing risk 

throughout the Group; and 

•  ensure that the Annual Report and Accounts are fair, 

balanced and understandable.

A more detailed explanation of the Audit and Risk Committee’s 
role is set out in the Corporate Governance Report on page 45. 
The Committee’s terms of reference, which are published on 
Card Factory’s investor website (www.cardfactoryinvestors.com), 
comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code.

MEMBERSHIP

The Audit and Risk Committee is chaired by David Stead, and 
its other members are Octavia Morley, Paul McCrudden and 
Roger Whiteside.

As David Stead is a chartered accountant and was the Chief 
Financial Officer of Dunelm Group plc from 2003 to 2015, and 
Interim Chief Financial Officer in 2018, the Board considers that 
he has both recent and relevant financial experience in 
accordance with the requirements of the Code and that within 
the Committee as a whole there is significant experience of the 
retail sector in which the Group operates.

The Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the 
Chairman of the Board usually attend meetings of the 
Committee by invitation, along with representatives from our 
auditor, KPMG LLP. In addition, subject matter experts engaged 
to support with internal audit reviews also attend the meetings 
of the Committee by invitation. The Company Secretary acts as 
secretary to the Committee.

MEETINGS

The Committee met three times during the year with details of 
attendance at these meetings set out in the Corporate 
Governance Report on page 43.

ROUTINE ACTIVITIES DURING THE YEAR

During the year, the work of the Committee has principally 
fallen under the following areas:

• 

reviewing the integrity of the draft financial statements for 
the year ended January 2018, the appropriateness of 
accounting policies and going concern assumptions and 
considering the auditor’s report regarding its findings on the 
annual results; 

•  assessing whether the Annual Report and Accounts for the 
year ended January 2018, taken as a whole, were fair, 
balanced and understandable and provide the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s 
strategy, business model and performance; 

•  approval of the Group’s half-year results statements 

published in September 2018; 

•  verifying the independence of the Group’s auditor, 

approving their audit plan and audit fee and setting 
performance expectations;

•  providing appropriate challenge to KPMG LLP on their 

actions in response to corporate failures, including ones in 
which their role as auditor is the subject of further 
investigation by regulatory authorities; 

• 

• 

reviewing the findings of, and the implementation of actions 
arising from, the internal audit projects undertaken during 
the year and agreeing the Group’s approach to internal 
audit work going forward; 

reviewing the systems and controls which the Group has in 
place to enable the Board to make proper judgements on a 
continuing basis as to the financial position and prospects 
of the Group; 

•  monitoring the Group’s approach to risk management, 

ensuring that effective and robust risk management is an 
integral part of the Group’s business planning and 
decision-making processes with the principal risks being 
regularly reviewed by the senior management team, the 
Committee and the Board; 

• 

• 

• 

• 

reviewing the Group’s risk register in March and September; 

reviewing the Group’s legal horizon scanner which sets out 
key future legislative changes that will affect the Group and 
how these are being addressed within the business; 

reviewing the work carried out by the Group’s loss 
prevention team in detecting and preventing fraud and 
theft of cash and stock; 

reviewing the actions taken by the Group to address the 
issues raised by HM Revenue and Customs in their review of 
our compliance with national minimum wage legislation; 

•  monitoring the Group’s compliance with its policy for use of 

our auditor for non-audit work; 

• 

reviewing the Group’s tax strategy and tax risk register; and 

•  with the support of KPMG LLP, monitoring developments in 
legislation, reporting and practice which affect matters for 
which the Committee is responsible. 

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

51

FinancialsStrategic ReportGovernanceAudit and Risk Committee Report continued

ACTIVITIES AFTER THE YEAR-END

In the period following the year-end, the Committee met once 
in April 2019 and reviewed the following:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the Group’s risk management framework, ensuring it 
enables the Directors to identify and carry out a robust 
assessment of the principal risks facing the Group including 
those that would threaten its business model, future 
performance, solvency or liquidity; 

the process undertaken by management to support the 
Group’s viability statement (which is set out on pages 75 and 
76) including the time period assessed and the principal 
risks and combinations of risks modelled; 

the integrity of the draft financial statements for the year 
ended January 2019, including the appropriateness of 
accounting policies (including the adoption of IFRS 9 and 
IFRS 15) and going concern assumptions; 

the external auditor’s report; 

the systems and controls which the Group has in place to 
enable the Board to make proper judgements on a 
continuing basis as to the financial position and prospects 
of the Group; 

•  whether this Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, 
are fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Company’s position and performance, business model  
and strategy; 

• 

• 

• 

the performance, effectiveness and qualifications of the 
external auditor and recommendation for their 
reappointment; 

the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 (Leases) with effect 
from the financial year ending 31 January 2020 and the 
related anticipatory disclosures made in this Annual Report 
and Accounts; and 

the Company’s policy on the use of auditors for non-audit 
services. 

SIGNIFICANT AREAS OF JUDGEMENT

Within its terms of reference, the Committee monitors the 
integrity of the Group’s annual and half-year results, including a 
review of the significant financial reporting issues and 
judgements contained in them.

At its meeting in April 2019, the Committee: reviewed the Group’s 
results for the financial year; considered a paper prepared by 
KPMG LLP, which included comments on significant reporting 
and accounting matters in the year under review; and reviewed a 
paper from the Chief Financial Officer to support the Directors’ 
going concern and viability statements.

The major accounting issues discussed by the Committee 
concerned:

• 

• 

the existence and valuation of the Group’s inventory; and

the accounting treatment of the Group’s foreign exchange 
hedging instruments.

52 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Inventory
The Group holds significant volumes, and a broad range, of 
inventory. Certain of the Group’s inventory procedures are 
manual in nature as are certain controls around inventory once 
it has left the Group’s distribution centre and has been 
delivered to stores. In light of these manual procedures and 
controls, there is a heightened risk that a material misstatement 
could arise due to the volume or cost of inventory being 
incorrectly recorded.

The Group has a number of formal processes and procedures to 
assess the reasonableness of the inventory value presented in 
the Annual Report and Accounts. These include:

• 

full inventory counts twice yearly both in-store and in the 
Group’s distribution centre; 

•  additional store counts of seasonal inventory at the end of 

the key trading seasons for the business; 

• 

reviews of inventory levels by store; 

•  conducting a central reconciliation of store and warehouse 

stock; and 

•  detailed analytical review to assess the reasonableness of 

the inventory figure. 

The Committee is satisfied that the judgements made by 
management are reasonable and that appropriate disclosures 
have been made in the Annual Report and Accounts.

Accounting for foreign exchange hedging instruments
The business aims to hedge a significant proportion of planned 
foreign currency stock purchases. A number of forward hedges 
(including structured options) are in place and, where 
appropriate, hedge accounting is adopted by the Group.

Hedge accounting is by nature complex and is subject to 
documentary requirements and periodic effectiveness testing 
involving a degree of judgement. In order to ensure compliance 
with the requirements for hedge accounting the Group formally 
documents the designation of foreign currency hedges at the 
outset of each hedging relationship and hedge effectiveness is 
tested on a monthly basis. Forecast foreign currency 
requirements and the level of hedges in place are monitored on 
an ongoing basis. The Committee is satisfied that accounting 
policies in respect of hedge accounting have been 
appropriately applied.

ASSESSMENT OF ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS

The Committee confirmed to the Board that it considered this 
Annual Report and Accounts as a whole to be fair, balanced 
and understandable, to the extent possible whilst complying 
with all applicable legal, regulatory and reporting requirements.

INTERNAL AUDIT

The Group engaged Deloitte LLP to provide internal audit 
services during the year. The main areas covered by their  
work were:

• 

IT resilience – a comprehensive review of the resilience of 
the IT systems and applications that are important to the 
Group’s operations. The review considered the maturity and 
effectiveness of the Group’s current arrangements and 
identified opportunities to further enhance these and build 
additional resilience to further mitigate risks of business 
interruption, particularly at Getting Personal, Printcraft and 
within the Group’s design studio;

•  Accounts payable – Deloitte analysed our accounts payable 

data to identify potential duplicate payments and 
opportunities to reclaim under-recovered VAT and missed 
supplier credits; and

•  Prior audits – monitoring progress with the outstanding 

actions from audits conducted in previous years including: 
right to work and payroll; supply chain and inventory 
management; and cyber security. 

The programme of internal audit reviews for the current 
financial year will be overseen by the Group’s head of loss 
prevention, with the support of relevant experts in each area. 
We will report on this work in next year’s annual report. 

LOSS PREVENTION

The loss prevention team, and its programme of activities,  
are now well embedded in the business. Direct engagement 
and regular communication with colleagues across the business 
are critical to the team’s effectiveness and the team’s core 
fraud and theft detection activities are supplemented by a 
programme of store audits, colleague education, training  
and development.

The Committee receives regular reports on the activities of the 
loss prevention team. The team’s progress has been recognised 
externally in them being awarded the titles of 2018 Retail Risk 
Team and 2018 Retail Risk Director of the year at the retail 
industry Fraud Awards. 

EXTERNAL AUDITOR

KPMG LLP have conducted the statutory audit for the financial 
year ended 31 January 2019 and they attended all three of the 
Committee meetings held during that year as well as the one 
held in April 2019. The Committee had the opportunity to meet 
privately with them during the period.

The fee paid to KPMG LLP for the statutory audit of the Group 
and Company financial statements and the audit of Group 
subsidiaries pursuant to legislation was £127,000. A breakdown 
of fees paid to KPMG LLP during the financial year is set out in 
note 4 to the financial statements on page 98.

Resolutions to reappoint KPMG LLP as auditor and to authorise 
the Directors to agree their remuneration will be put to 
shareholders at the AGM.

Our current policy is to tender the statutory audit at least every 
ten years. As KPMG LLP have been our auditor since 2011/12, 
this means that the next tender will be for the 2021/22 audit at 
the latest. We intend to invite at least one firm outside the ‘Big 
Four’ to participate in the tender process.

Whilst we have not now conducted a competitive tender for the 
audit for more than eight years, the Committee and the Board 
continue to believe this is in the best interests of shareholders 
as KPMG LLP have developed an extensive knowledge of the 
Group. In line with audit partner rotation requirements, KPMG 
appointed a new audit partner to manage the Group’s audit 
process from 2016/17.

KPMG LLP have attended all of the Committee meetings during 
the year and have separately met with the Committee Chairman. 

We comply with the Competition and Markets Authority’s 
Statutory Audit Services Order 2014.

The Group has no contractual arrangements (for example, within 
borrowing arrangements) that restrict its choice of auditor.

USE OF AUDITORS FOR NON-AUDIT WORK

The Committee recognises that the use of audit firms for 
non-audit services can potentially give rise to conflicts of 
interest. The Group has a formal policy regarding its use of 
audit firms for non-audit services and the Committee, in 
addition to being responsible for the oversight of our auditor on 
behalf of the Board, also has responsibility for monitoring how 
this policy is implemented.

KPMG LLP have confirmed that, as matter of policy, going 
forward they will no longer provide any of their FTSE 350 audit 
clients with non-audit services other than services closely 
related to the audit.

The aggregate fees paid to KPMG LLP for non-audit work 
during the year were £7,000 (equivalent to 6% of the audit fee). 
This related principally to services closely related to the audit. 
Full details are given in note 4 to the financial statements on 
page 98.

The Committee is satisfied that the overall levels of audit-
related and non-audit fees, and the nature of services  
provided, are not such as to compromise the objectivity  
and independence of our auditor. A copy of our current  
policy regarding the use of audit firms for non-audit  
services is available on Card Factory’s investor website  
(www.cardfactoryinvestors.com).

This report was reviewed and approved by the Committee  
on 15 April 2019.

David Stead
Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee

15 April 2019

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

53

FinancialsStrategic ReportGovernanceChairman’s Letter – Remuneration Committee

Octavia Morley

Chairman of the  
Remuneration Committee

Dear Shareholder

HOW WE INTEND TO APPLY THE POLICY IN FY19/20

I am pleased to present our Directors’ Remuneration Report for 
the financial year ended 31 January 2019.

Following an extensive review of our remuneration policy ahead 
of last year’s AGM, which resulted in a material change to  
our long-term incentive policy, there are no changes to the 
remuneration policy proposed at this year’s AGM. During the 
year under review we continued to monitor developments in 
market practice, investor guidance and the regulatory regime, 
to assess whether the operation of the current policy remains 
appropriate in light of our business strategy and the retail 
environment in which we operate and we have concluded that 
no significant change is required.

SUMMARY OF THE REMUNERATION POLICY

We have designed the remuneration policy to be simple and 
strongly aligned to shareholders’ interests. Salary, benefits  
and pension levels are relatively modest compared to other 
companies and there is a higher weighting to variable 
performance pay, with a significant share-based element.  
Our annual bonus plan is based on financial and strategic 
objectives and, to the extent the CEO or CFO have not reached 
their respective shareholding requirement, one third of any 
bonus earned is required to be invested in shares which must  
be held for at least three years. Last year we moved away from 
granting share awards based on the achievement of specific 
three-year performance targets to a simpler approach where 
much lower awards of ‘Restricted Shares’ are granted annually, 
which vest over a longer timeframe. Restricted Shares provide a 
longer-term strategic focus and, over time, generate significant 
employee shareholdings which creates a more direct alignment 
of long-term interests between executives and shareholders. 
The move to Restricted Shares also led to a reduction in 
maximum potential pay for Executive Directors.

•  We are proposing a 2% increase in base salary for our CEO 
and CFO with effect from 1 May 2019 to a salary of £486,127 
and £327,726 respectively. This level of increase is in line with 
the average level of increase for the workforce. The new 
salaries retain a lower quartile market positioning. 

•  Pension entitlement will remain at just over 3% of base 

salary. 

•  The annual bonus will remain capped at 125% and 100% of 
base salary, respectively, for the Chief Executive and Chief 
Financial Officer. 80% of the annual bonus will continue  
to be based on stretching EBITDA targets. The remaining 
20% will be determined by strategic objectives which will  
be stretching, clearly defined, measurable and disclosed 
retrospectively in our Annual Report on Remuneration.  
The inclusion of a strategic element enables the Committee 
to highlight the importance of the current strategic focus 
and objectives of the business and to reward steps in 
achieving this.

•  Restricted Shares will be granted worth 87.5% of salary and 
75% of salary for the Chief Executive and Chief Financial 
Officer, respectively, based on the face value of shares at 
the time of grant. In order for Restricted Shares to be 
capable of vesting, the Committee must be satisfied that 
business performance is robust and sustainable and that 
management has strengthened the business. In assessing 
performance, the Committee will consider financial and 
non-financial KPIs of the business as well as delivery against 
strategic priorities. To the extent it is not satisfied with 
performance the Committee may scale back the level of 
vested awards. There will be full Annual Report disclosure of 
the Committee’s determination of the performance underpin. 

54 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

PAYMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE IN FY18/19

The EBITDA performance for the year fell short of the stretching 
minimum performance hurdle so no annual bonus is payable 
under the EBITDA element of the bonus for performance for the 
year ended 31 January 2019. In spite of sales growth, driven 
largely by our new store opening programme, this has been 
another tough year for the high street and the Group, with the 
impact of continued significant cost headwinds. It is therefore 
right, in line with our rigorous approach to pay for performance, 
that there is no incentive payment for the EBITDA element in 
this year. In relation to the 20% based on strategic objectives, 
the CEO exceeded all four of her objectives resulting in an 
achievement of 100% of this element of her bonus. The 
Committee reduced this by 25% after being advised by the 
CEO that she did not consider a full pay-out of this element to 
be appropriate in light of bonus achievement across the wider 
workforce and EBITDA targets not being achieved. The CFO 
exceeded two of his four objectives resulting in an achievement 
of 50% of the maximum (10% of salary) of this element of the 
bonus. Full details are set out on pages 64 and 65 in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report.

The Chief Executive was granted an LTIP award on  
30 September 2016, which was based on achieving EPS targets 
measured over the three financial years to 31 January 2019. 
Similarly, EPS performance fell short of the minimum 
performance threshold over this period and so the award lapsed. 

Overall, the Committee considers that there has been an 
appropriate link between reward and performance and that 
discretion has not needed to be used.

CFO SALARY ADJUSTMENT

The Committee reviewed the CFO’s performance during the 
year and awarded him a 2% salary increase to £321,300 
effective from the first anniversary of his appointment date 
(being 3 July 2017). This was in addition to the 2% increase we 
are proposing in the current year.

BOARD CHANGES

Our Chairman Geoff Cooper retired from the Board on 18 
October 2018 and we were delighted to welcome Paul Moody 
on 19 October 2018 as our new Chairman. Paul is also a 
member of this Committee.

SHAREHOLDER ENGAGEMENT AND CONSIDERATION OF 
THE NEW UK CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE

During the year, ahead of the 2018 AGM there was significant 
shareholder consultation in relation to the proposed 
remuneration policy and its application. We were delighted that 
84.2% of our shareholders voted in favour of the new policy 
incorporating the move to Restricted Shares.

More generally, the Remuneration Committee continues to  
keep all aspects of senior executive remuneration under review 
against market and best practice for UK-listed companies and 
other retailers, investor guidelines and against the requirements 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code (or ‘the Code’). Although 
we are not required to comply with the new 2018 Code until  
our next financial year, we are pleased that the structure of  
our current remuneration policy already complies with many of 
the new Code provisions and we will be reviewing those areas 
of our policy that do not comply with the new Code during  
the year.

At the AGM, which will be held on 5 June 2019, this Statement 
and the Annual Report on Remuneration, which outlines the 
payments made in respect of the financial year ended 31 
January 2019 and the implementation of our remuneration 
policy for the forthcoming financial year, will be subject to an 
advisory vote. As shareholders approved our remuneration 
policy last year, we are not required to seek shareholder 
approval for the policy again until the 2021 AGM.

CONCLUSION

Following the significant changes to our policy at the 2018 AGM 
we are comfortable that the policy is operating as intended and 
provides an appropriate link between reward and performance.

I will attend the AGM to answer any questions shareholders 
may have and I look forward to your support on the resolution 
to approve the Annual Report on Remuneration.

Octavia Morley
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

15 April 2019

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

55

FinancialsStrategic ReportGovernanceDirectors’ Remuneration Report

INTRODUCTION

This Directors’ Remuneration Report is divided into three 
sections, the Letter from the Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee, the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and the Annual 
Report on Remuneration.

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy section sets out the policy 
which was approved at the AGM on 31 May 2018 and took 
effect from that date.

The Letter from the Chair of the Committee and the Annual 
Report on Remuneration will be put to shareholders for approval 
at the AGM on 5 June 2019, although the vote is advisory. 

56 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY
This section on pages 57 to 63 inclusive describes the Directors’ Remuneration Policy (‘the Policy’).

Card Factory’s policy for Executive Directors’ remuneration aims to provide a competitive package of fixed and performance 
linked pay, which supports the long-term strategic objectives of the business.

POLICY TABLE FOR EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION

The key components of Executive Directors’ remuneration are as follows:

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance metrics

FIXED PAY

Base salary
To attract and retain talent by 
ensuring base salaries are 
competitive in the relevant 
talent market, and to reflect 
an executive’s skills and 
experience

Base salaries are reviewed 
annually, with reference to 
scope of role, individual 
performance, experience, 
market competitiveness of 
total remuneration, inflation 
and salary increases across  
the Group

Increases will normally be 
effective 1 May

Pension
To provide post-retirement 
benefits

Benefits
To provide Executive Directors 
with a reasonable level of 
benefits

Executive Directors may 
receive a company 
contribution into a pension 
plan or a cash allowance in 
lieu of pension

Benefits include private 
medical insurance, life 
insurance, income protection, 
and the provision of a car or 
car allowance

Where appropriate, other 
benefits may be offered, for 
example including, but not 
limited to, relocation 
allowances

Whilst there is no maximum 
salary, Executive Directors’ salary 
increases will normally be in line 
with the average percentage 
increase for the wider employee 
population

Business and individual 
performance are 
considerations in setting base 
salary

In certain circumstances 
(including, but not limited to, a 
material increase in job size or 
complexity, promotion, 
recruitment or development of 
the individual in the role, or a 
significant misalignment with 
market) the Committee has 
discretion to make appropriate 
adjustments to salary levels to 
ensure they remain fair and 
competitive

The maximum company 
contribution or cash allowance in 
lieu of pension is 5% of salary for 
current Directors

None

There is no maximum 
opportunity for benefits, as there 
may be factors outside of the 
Company’s control which change 
the cost to the Company (e.g. 
increases in insurance premiums)

The cost of providing benefits for 
the year under review are 
disclosed in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

57

FinancialsStrategic ReportGovernanceDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance metrics

125% of salary

VARIABLE PAY

Annual bonus
To focus executives on 
delivery of year-on-year 
financial and non-financial 
performance

The part of the bonus invested 
in shares helps towards 
achieving an appropriate 
balance between year-on-
year financial performance 
and longer-term value 
creation and contributes to 
higher executive 
shareholdings

Bonus payments will be 
determined based on 
performance in a single 
financial year and payment 
may be made in cash or in 
shares

If participants have not met 
the minimum shareholding 
requirement, one third of any 
bonus (after payment of tax) 
must be used to acquire 
shares in the Company which 
must be held for three years

Robust clawback and malus 
provisions apply. The 
Committee has discretion to 
reduce the amount of any 
bonus potential, and require 
repayment of any bonus paid 
within two years of payment, 
in the event of material 
misstatement, error, 
misconduct or reputational 
damage

Performance measures and 
targets are set by the 
Committee and the 
Committee determines the 
extent to which the targets 
have been achieved at the 
year-end

A majority of bonus will be 
based on financial measures

The Committee may scale 
back the bonus if it considers 
the outcome is not 
representative of the 
underlying performance of the 
Company

For achievement of threshold 
performance, up to 15% of 
maximum EBITDA element of 
the bonus is earned

58 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

In order for Restricted Shares 
to be capable of vesting, the 
Committee must be satisfied 
that business performance is 
robust and sustainable and 
that management has 
strengthened the business 
over three financial years 
commencing with the year in 
which the award is made. In 
assessing performance, the 
Committee will consider 
financial and non-financial 
KPIs of the business as well as 
delivery against strategic 
priorities. To the extent it is 
not satisfied with performance 
the Committee may scale 
back the level of vested 
awards including to zero. Full 
disclosure of the Committee’s 
assessment will be made in 
the Annual Report on 
Remuneration for the year in 
which the assessment is made

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance metrics

Restricted Shares
To align the interests of 
executives with shareholders 
in growing the value of the 
business over the long term

The Committee may grant 
annual awards of Restricted 
Shares, structured as 
conditional awards or nil-cost 
options

87.5% of salary face value 
at grant

50% of an award vests after 
three years, 25% after four 
and 25% after five years, 
subject to service

All shares will be held for at 
least five years from grant 
(except for sales to meet tax 
on vesting). The holding 
period and vesting period will 
continue post cessation of 
employment to the extent 
that awards do not lapse on 
cessation

An additional benefit is 
provided in cash or shares 
equal to dividends that would 
have been paid over the 
vesting period or holding 
period on awards that vest

Robust clawback and malus 
provisions apply. The 
Committee has discretion to 
reduce the amount of any 
unvested award, and 
repayment of any vested 
award within two years of 
vesting, in the event of 
material misstatement, error, 
misconduct or reputational 
damage

A UK tax-qualified scheme 
under which eligible 
employees (including 
Executive Directors) may save 
up to the maximum monthly 
savings limit (as determined 
by prevailing legislation) over 
a period of three or five years

Participants are granted an 
option to acquire shares at up 
to a 20% discount to the price 
on grant. The number of 
shares under option is that 
which can be acquired at that 
price using savings made.

SAYE

To encourage share ownership 
across the workforce

None

Savings are capped at the 
prevailing HMRC limit at the time 
eligible employees are invited to 
participate, or such lower limit as 
determined by the Remuneration 
Committee

Shareholding guidelines
To encourage share ownership 
and ensure alignment of 
executive interests with those 
of shareholders

Requirement to build up and 
maintain a beneficial holding 
of shares in the Company 
defined as a % of salary

Details of the current guidelines 
and Executive Director 
shareholdings are included in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration

None

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

59

FinancialsStrategic ReportGovernance 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Performance measure selection and approach to target setting
The measures used in the annual bonus are selected to reflect the Company’s main financial KPIs and other strategic objectives 
for the year. Performance targets are set to be stretching but achievable, considering the Company’s strategic priorities and the 
economic environment in which the Company operates. Financial targets are set taking into account a range of reference points 
including the Group’s strategic and operating plan.

Adjustments and use of Remuneration Committee discretion
The Remuneration Committee will review formulaic annual bonus outcomes and may adjust these to ensure alignment of pay with 
the underlying performance of the business. The Remuneration Committee may also adjust the calculation of short- and long-term 
performance measures for outstanding LTIP awards in specific circumstances and within the limits of applicable plan rules. Such 
circumstances include changes in accounting standards, major corporate events such as rights issues, share buybacks, special 
dividends, corporate restructurings, mergers, acquisitions and disposals.

Differences in remuneration policy operated for other employees
The policy and practice with regard to the remuneration of the senior management team below the Board will be consistent with 
that for the Executive Directors. The senior management team will participate in the same annual bonus and will receive Restricted 
Shares awards alongside the Executive Directors.

The Policy for our Executive Directors is considered with the remuneration philosophy and principles that underpin remuneration 
for the wider Group in mind. The remuneration arrangements for other employees reflect the seniority of each role. As a result,  
the levels and structure of remuneration for different groups of employees will differ from the Policy for executives as set out 
above, but with the common intention that remuneration arrangements for all groups are fair.

Other
In addition to the above elements of remuneration, any commitment made prior to but due to be fulfilled after the approval at the 
2018 AGM, will be honoured, including arrangements put in place prior to an individual becoming a Director. The Committee also 
retains discretion to make non-significant changes to the policy without reverting to shareholders (for example, for regulatory, tax, 
legislative or administrative purposes).

PERFORMANCE SCENARIOS 

The graphs below provide estimates of the potential future reward opportunities for Executive Directors, and the potential split 
between the different elements of remuneration under three different performance scenarios; ‘Minimum’, ‘Mid’ and ‘Maximum’.  
The projected value for Restricted Shares excludes the impact of dividend accrual.

Chief Executive Officer 

Chief Financial Officer

34%

39%

27%

 Total
£1,568k 

38%

35%

27%

Maximum

 £1,781k 

Maximum

 Total
£924k 

 £1,047k 

42%

24%

34%

46%

22%

32%

Mid

 £1,264k 

Mid

 £760k 

100%

100%

Minimum

 £535k 

Minimum

 £350k 

0

400

800

1200

1600

2000

0

240

480

720

960

1200

Fixed Pay

Annual Bonus

LTIP

LTIP with 50% Share price growth

60 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

In illustrating potential reward opportunities, the following assumptions are made:

Minimum

Mid

Maximum

Fixed pay

Annual bonus

Restricted Shares

Salary as at 1 May 2019

No annual bonus payable

The CEO and CFO each receive  
a contribution of just over 3% of 
base salary to their personal 
pensions

Benefits paid for the most recent 
financial year

On-target annual bonus payable 
(50% of maximum)

Maximum annual bonus payable of 
125% and 100% of base salary for 
the Chief Executive and Chief 
Financial Officer, respectively

An award of Restricted Shares 
worth 87.5% and 75% of base 
salary for the Chief Executive and 
Chief Financial Officer, respectively

In the maximum scenario the chart 
additionally shows the value of the 
Restricted Shares and total 
remuneration, if the share price 
increases by 50%

APPROACH TO REMUNERATION FOR NEW DIRECTOR APPOINTMENTS

In determining appropriate remuneration for a new Director, the Committee will take into consideration all relevant factors to 
ensure that arrangements are in the best interests of both Card Factory and its shareholders, and will be mindful not to overpay 
on recruitment. The Remuneration Committee will seek to ensure that the remuneration arrangements will be in line with those 
outlined in the Policy table above, other than as follows:

Component

Pension

Approach

Maximum opportunity

New appointees may be offered pension arrangements based on market
competitive contribution rates

5% of base salary or higher in 
exceptional circumstances

Annual bonus

In line with the policy, albeit with the relevant maximum normally being 
prorated to reflect the proportion of employment over the year

125% of salary

The Committee may make an award in respect of a new appointment to ‘buy out’ incentive arrangements forfeited on leaving a 
previous employer. In doing so, the Committee will take account of relevant factors including any performance conditions attached to 
these awards, the likelihood of those conditions being met and the proportion of the vesting period remaining. The total value of any 
such ‘buy out’ incentive arrangements will not exceed that of awards forfeited on leaving the previous employer, and time to vesting 
will be matched.

In cases of appointing a new Executive Director by way of internal promotion, the approach will be consistent with the policy for 
external appointees detailed above (save for ‘buy outs’). Where an individual has contractual commitments made prior to their 
promotion to the Board, the Company will continue to honour these arrangements. Measures used for below Board employees 
may be different from those used for Executive Directors to tailor incentives to a particular division, role or individual.

In recruiting a new Non-Executive Director, the Remuneration Committee will use the Policy as set out in this report.

SERVICE CONTRACTS AND EXIT PAYMENT POLICY

Executive Directors
The Committee sets notice periods for the Executive Directors of no more than 12 months. The Executive Directors may be put on 
garden leave during their notice period (for up to six months), and the Company can elect to terminate their employment by 
making a payment in lieu of notice equivalent to basic salary and benefits (including pension contributions). Any payment in lieu 
will be made on a monthly basis and subject to mitigation. Executive Directors’ service contracts are available to view at the 
Company’s registered office and at the forthcoming AGM.

Executive Director

Karen Hubbard

Kris Lee

Date of service contract

5 January 2016

19 April 2017

Notice period

9 months

9 months

If employment is terminated by the Company, the departing Executive Director may have a legal entitlement (under statute or 
otherwise) to additional amounts, which would need to be met. In addition, the Committee may:

• 

settle any claims by or on behalf of the Executive Director in return for making an appropriate payment; and 

•  contribute to the legal fees incurred by the Executive Director in connection with the termination of employment, where the 
Company wishes to enter into a settlement agreement (as provided for below) and the individual must seek independent  
legal advice. 

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

61

FinancialsStrategic ReportGovernanceDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

In certain circumstances, the Committee may approve new contractual arrangements with departing Executive Directors including 
(but not limited to) settlement, confidentiality, outplacement services, restrictive covenants and/or consultancy arrangements. 
These will be used sparingly and only entered into where the Committee believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and 
its shareholders to do so.

The Company’s policy on termination payments is to consider the circumstances on a case-by-case basis, considering the 
executive’s contractual terms, the circumstances of termination and any duty to mitigate. The table below summarises how 
incentives are typically treated in different circumstances:

Plan

Scenario

Annual bonus

Default treatment

Timing of vesting

No bonus is paid

Calculation of vesting/payment

n/a

Death, injury, ill-health or disability, 
retirement or any other reason the 
Committee may determine

Normal payment date, 
although the Committee has 
discretion to accelerate

The Committee will determine the 
bonus outcome based on 
circumstances and the date of 
leaving. Performance against targets 
is typically assessed at the end of the 
year in the normal way and any 
resulting bonus will be prorated for 
time served during the year

Not applicable as shares are 
purchased and owned outright by 
the executive.

Shares acquired  
by Directors with  
annual bonus

Restricted Shares

Default treatment

Awards lapse

n/a

Death, injury or disability, 
redundancy, retirement, the sale 
of the employing company or 
business out of the Group or any 
other reason as the Committee 
may determine

Normal vesting date and 
holding period would normally 
continue to apply, although 
the Committee has discretion 
to accelerate vesting and 
remove the holding 
requirement in exceptional 
circumstances

Any outstanding awards will 
normally be prorated for service 
over the three financial years 
starting with the year in which the 
award is made and over which the 
underlying performance of the 
Company will be reviewed to 
determine vesting. The Committee 
may disapply time prorating in 
exceptional circumstances

SAYE

Treated in line with HMRC rules

Non-Executive Directors
The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors were appointed on the dates set out in the table below. Their letters of appointment 
set out the terms of their appointment and are available for inspection at the Group’s registered office and at the AGM. 
Appointments are initially for three years (subject to annual re-election at the AGM) and unless agreed by the Board, they may not 
remain in office for a period longer than six years, or two terms in office, whichever is shorter. The Chairman and the Non-
Executive Directors may resign from their positions but must serve the Board six and one months’ written notice, respectively.

Non-Executive Director

Paul Moody

Octavia Morley

David Stead

Paul McCrudden

Roger Whiteside

Letter of appointment date

19 October 2018

30 April 2014

30 April 2014

1 December 2014

27 November 2017

Non-Executive Directors are not eligible to participate in the annual bonus or any equity schemes, do not receive any additional 
pension or benefits on top of the fees and are not entitled to a termination payment.

62 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

CONSIDERATION OF EMPLOYEE REMUNERATION AND EMPLOYMENT CONDITIONS IN GROUP

The Committee considers the remuneration and employment conditions elsewhere in the Group when determining remuneration 
for Executive Directors. The Committee does not currently consult specifically with employees on the executive remuneration 
Policy, but will consider this company’s approach in light of the new UK Corporate Governance Code requirements for broader 
stakeholder engagement.

CONSIDERATION OF SHAREHOLDER VIEWS

The Company is committed to engaging with significant investors on remuneration matters. More generally, when determining 
remuneration policy and its application, the Committee considers the guidelines of shareholder bodies and shareholders’ views. The 
Committee is open to feedback from shareholders on remuneration policy and arrangements, and commits to consult in advance of 
any significant changes to remuneration policy or its operation. The Committee continues to monitor trends and developments in 
corporate governance and market practice to ensure the structure of the executive remuneration remains appropriate.

EXTERNAL DIRECTORSHIPS

The Committee acknowledges that Executive Directors may be invited to become Independent Non-Executive Directors of other 
quoted companies which have no business relationship with the Company and that these duties can broaden their experience and 
knowledge to the benefit of the Company.

Executive Directors are permitted to accept such appointments with the prior approval of the Chairman. Approval will only be 
given where the appointment does not present a conflict of interest with the Group’s activities and the wider exposure gained will 
be beneficial to the development of the individual. Where fees are payable in respect of such appointments, these would be 
retained by the Executive Director.

POLICY TABLE FOR NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION

The key components of Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration are as follows:

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance metrics

Non-Executive Directors’ fees
To attract Directors with the 
appropriate skills and 
experience, and to reflect the 
time commitment in preparing 
for and attending meetings, 
the duties and responsibilities 
of the role and the contribution 
expected from the Non-
Executive Directors

Annual fee for Chairman and 
Non-Executive Directors

Additional fees paid for additional 
roles or time commitment, eg 
chairing Board Committees

Non-Executive Directors do not 
participate in any incentive 
schemes or receive any other 
benefits (other than travel expenses, 
which may be grossed up for tax)

Any increases to NED fees will 
be considered following a 
thorough review process and 
considering wider market 
factors, eg inflation

Performance of the Board 
as a whole will be reviewed 
regularly as part of a 
Board evaluation process

The maximum aggregate 
annual fee for all Directors 
provided in the Company’s 
Articles of Association is 
£1,000,000 pa

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

63

FinancialsStrategic ReportGovernanceDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION
This is the Annual Report on Remuneration for the financial year ended 31 January 2019. This report sets out how the Policy has 
been applied in the financial year being reported on, and how it will be applied in the coming year.

TOTAL REMUNERATION PAID TO EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS – AUDITED

The table below sets out the total remuneration received by each Executive Director providing services to the Company during the 
period for the year ended 31 January 2019 and the prior year:

Karen Hubbard

Kris Lee

Darren Bryant

2018/19

2017/18

2018/19

2017/18

2018/19

2017/18

Salary1
Pension benefit
Taxable benefits2
Non-taxable benefits3
Annual bonus4
LTIP
SAYE5
Other6

Total

£470,921 £451,675 £318,675 £183,748
£5,964
£4,882
£2,066
–
n/a
n/a
0 £150,000

£15,743
£24,963
£8,153
£89,362
–
£1,677
0

£15,388
£24,871
£3,542
–
n/a
–
–

£9,909
£8,370
£4,096
£32,130
–
£1,677

n/a £176,901
–
n/a 
£3,967
n/a
£1,476
n/a
n/a
n/a
–
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

£610,819 £495,476 £374,857 £346,660

n/a £182,344

1.  Kris Lee was appointed to the Board with effect from 3 July 2017. Darren Bryant retired from the Board on 31 July 2017. The Committee reviewed Kris Lee’s performance during the year 

and awarded him a 2% salary increase to £321,300 effective from the first anniversary of his appointment date.

2.  Taxable benefits comprise car or car allowance and family private medical insurance. 
3.  Karen Hubbard and Kris Lee (and formerly Darren Bryant) are members of the Group Life Assurance and Income Protection Schemes. The amounts stated relate to insurance premiums 

paid by the Group. 

4.  No annual bonus was payable for the year 2017/2018. 
5.  Embedded value of SAYE options at grant. There are no performance conditions.
6.  As part of his recruitment package, and in order that Kris Lee was able to take up his position quickly, the Committee approved a like-for-like buyout of his forfeited bonus of £150,000. 

ANNUAL BONUS PAYMENTS AND LINK TO PERFORMANCE

EBITDA (80% of bonus opportunity)
Bonus opportunities for 2018/19 were 125% of salary for Karen Hubbard and 100% of salary for Kris Lee.

The bonus was subject to achieving a range of EBITDA targets (80% of the opportunity) and Strategic Objectives (20%). The 
EBITDA performance targets for the year, performance against them and bonus payments against the EBITDA element were:

Performance level

Threshold
Maximum

Percentage 
of EBITDA 
part of 
bonus
available

EBITDA 
Performance
achieved

Bonus 
payable for 
EBITDA part 
of bonus
(% of 
maximum)

15%
100%

£89.4m
–

0%
–

2018/19 
EBITDA
target range

£92.0m
£96.5m

Achievement against strategic objectives (20% of bonus opportunity)
The strategic objectives for the CEO were set at the start of the year and outlined in the last year’s report. They have been 
reviewed in detail and all four objectives have been exceeded resulting in an achievement of 100% of this element of the bonus. 
These objectives and their over-achievement are considered by the Committee to be important strategic building blocks for the 
business. However, in consideration of both the level of bonus achievement across the wider workforce and the fact that the 
EBITDA targets were not achieved, Karen Hubbard advised the Committee that she considered that a full pay-out of this element 
of the bonus would not be appropriate. Accordingly, the Committee determined that this payment should be reduced by 25%. 
The specific outcomes for each objective were as follows: 

64 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Strategic objective

Link to strategy

Strengthening our 
customer value proposition

Like for like 
sales

Metric by which  
the objective  
is evaluated

Basis for  
determining  
performance

Outcome

External research 
results compiled 
by OC&C 

Improvement from 
last year’s ratings 
for quality and 
price (4.0 and 4.4 
out of 5 
respectively)

The OC&C research confirmed that the 
customer value perception had improved 
over the year with ratings of 4.2 for quality 
and 4.5 for price as outlined on page 5 in 
the Strategic Report

Delivering a step change 
in store productivity

Business 
Efficiency

Store cost savings 
vs. budgeted 
results

Achievement of 
greater than 50% 
over budget

The stretching target was achieved, with 
budgeted savings being exceeded by over 
50% 

Delivering a future 
platform for Card Factory 
online

Online 
development

Card Factory 
online EBITDA 
performance vs. 
budgeted results

Delivering positive 
profit contribution 
to the group 

CF online EBITDA was significantly ahead 
of budgeted expectations driven by sales 
growth of 56.3% and therefore the 
stretching target was over-achieved 

Developing 
our people

Generating performance 
through our leadership 
team, managing 
succession planning and 
integrating the new senior 
hires into the business to 
deliver positive results

Succession 
planning 
executed and 
externally 
facilitated 
leadership 
feedback

Improvement in 
key leadership 
measures year  
on year

Key roles within the leadership team have 
been recruited during the year, with 
succession for all key roles implemented. 
The externally facilitated leadership 
feedback confirmed improvement in all 
key measures

Bonus 
achieved 
(% of 
maximum)

100%

100%

100%

100%

Total before voluntary reduction

100%

Similarly, the strategic objectives for the CFO were set at the start of the year and outlined in last year’s report. They have been 
reviewed in detail and the Committee’s assessment of the outcomes of the CFO’s objectives confirmed that two of the four 
objectives have been exceeded, resulting in a payment of 50% of the maximum (10% of salary) of this element of the bonus.  
The specific outcomes for each objective were as follows: 

Strategic objective

Link to strategy

Delivery of the new store 
roll out programme

New stores

Metric by which  
the objective  
is evaluated

Average store 
profit 
contribution 

Improving our working 
capital management

Business 
Efficiency

Working capital 
improvement 

Development and delivery 
of strategic trials and 
initiatives to drive future 
sales and profitability for 
the Group

Future 
strategic 
development

Successful 
implementation 
of new initiatives

Generating performance 
through our leadership 
team, managing 
succession planning and 
integrating the new senior 
hires into the business to 
deliver positive results

Developing 
our people

Externally 
facilitated 
leadership 
feedback

Basis for  
determining  
performance

Achievement of 
greater than 10% 
over budgeted 
contribution

Stretching target 
for year on year 
improvement 

Committee 
judgement based 
on the extent to 
which new trials 
are underway and 
delivering ahead of 
financial plans

Improvement in 
key leadership 
measures year on 
year

Outcome

The average store profit contribution for 
FY19 was significantly ahead of the 
stretching target

Bonus 
achieved 
(% of 
maximum)

100%

The stretching target was not achieved

0%

New trials were delivered through the year 
with results ahead of targets 
demonstrating further future potential. 
Therefore this objective has been met

100%

Whilst the team has been strengthened 
and new senior hires have been recruited, 
the leadership measures did not reach 
required targets. Therefore this objective 
has not been achieved

0%

Total

50%

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

65

FinancialsStrategic ReportGovernance 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

GRANTS OF RESTRICTED SHARES 2018/19 – AUDITED

Awards of Restricted Shares were granted to the Executive Directors on 11 July 2018. Awards were made over shares worth 87.5% 
of basic salary for Karen Hubbard and 75% of salary for Kris Lee.

Executive Director

Karen Hubbard
Kris Lee

Number of
Restricted 
Shares
awarded

194,778
110,346

Face value 
of award 
value as a 
percentage 
of salary

Face/maximum
value of 
Restricted Shares
at grant date1

Measurement 
period for 
performance 
underpin

87.5%
75.0%

£417,021

1.2.18–31.1.21
£236,250 1.2.18–31.1.21

1.  Based on the average share price for the three months prior to the date of award on 11 July 2018 of 214.1p. 

For Restricted Shares to vest, the Committee must be satisfied that business performance over the three years commencing  
1 February 2018 is robust and sustainable and that management has strengthened the business. In assessing performance, the 
Committee will consider financial and non-financial KPIs of the business as well as delivery against strategic priorities. To the 
extent it is not satisfied with performance the Committee may scale back the level of vested awards including to zero. There will be 
full disclosure in the Annual Report and Accounts of the Committee’s determination of this ‘performance underpin’.

The vesting of these Restricted Shares is subject to the satisfaction of performance underpin condition measured over the three 
financial years commencing 1 February 2018. Upon determination by the Company’s Remuneration Committee of the satisfaction 
of the performance underpin condition, the Restricted Shares will vest as follows:

•  50% of the Restricted Shares on the third anniversary of the date of grant;

•  25% of the Restricted Shares on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant; and

•  25% of the Restricted Shares on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. 

100% of the vested Restricted Shares will be subject to a holding period which will normally end on the fifth anniversary of the date  
of grant. 

2016 LTIP AWARD VESTING - AUDITED

Awards granted in 2016 under the LTIP were subject to the three-year EPS compound annual growth target of 5% pa to 10% pa 
with 25% vesting at threshold, and were subject to a return on capital underpin. EPS growth over the three-year period 1 February 
2016 to 31 January 2019 was below the minimum vesting threshold, meaning none of these awards will vest.

SAYE - AUDITED

Awards under the HMRC-approved SAYE were granted to all participating employees on 3 July 2018. Options were granted at a 
discount of 20% to the share price on grant, and vest after three years subject to continued employment.

Executive Director

Karen Hubbard
Kris Lee

1.  Based on the share price on the date of award, 3 July 2018, of £1.91.

Number of SAYE
options awarded

Face/Maximum
Value of
Awards at Grant
Date1

% of Award
Vesting at
Threshold and
(Maximum)

5,590
5,590

£10,677
£10,677

n/a
n/a

Performance
Period

n/a
n/a

TOTAL FEES PAID TO NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS – AUDITED
The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Non-Executive Director for the year ended 31 
January 2019 and the prior year.

Non-Executive Director

Geoff Cooper
Paul Moody
Octavia Morley
David Stead
Paul McCrudden
Roger Whiteside

Base fee

Additional fees

Total

2018/19

2017/18

2018/19

2017/18

2018/19

2017/18

£93,750
£40,000
£49,000
£45,000
£45,000
£45,000

£125,000
n/a
£49,000
£45,000
£45,000
£7,327

£0
£0
£8,000
£8,000
£0
£0

£0
£0
£8,000
£8,000
£0
£0

£93,750
£40,000
£57,000
£53,000
£45,000
£45,000

£125,000
n/a
£57,000
£53,000
£45,000
£7,327

PAYMENTS FOR LOSS OF OFFICE - AUDITED

No payments were made to Directors for loss of office. 

66 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

HISTORICAL TSR PERFORMANCE AND CEO REMUNERATION

The graph below illustrates the total shareholder return of Card Factory against the FTSE 250 over the period since the Group 
listed on 20 May 2014. The FTSE 250 has been chosen as it is a recognised broad equity market index of which the Group has been 
a member for most of this period.

£100 Invested TSR

FTSE 250

Card Factory

)
£
(
O
P

I

t
a
d
e
t
s
e
v
n

i

0
0
1
£
f
o
e
u
a
V

l

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

CEO

FTSE 250

Card Factory

14 May 2014

31 January 2015

31 January 2016

31 January 2017

31 January 2018

31 January 2019

Single figure of remuneration (£’000)
Annual bonus outcome (% of max)
LTIP vesting (% of max)

2018/19

2017/18

2016/171

2015/16

2014/15

611
15
0

496
0
n/a

1,005
20.0
46.6

951
79
n/a

884
77
n/a

1.  For 2016/17 this represents the aggregate single figure for Karen Hubbard (from date of appointment as CEO) and Richard Hayes (to date of stepping down as CEO).

CHANGE IN CEO CASH REMUNERATION, 2017/18 TO 2018/19

Salary
Taxable benefits
Annual variable

1.  Store employees representing c90% of all employees.

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT

Change in CEO
pay over the
year

Average change
across all
employees1

4.3%
0.4%
100%

4%
–
-(8.2)%

The charts below illustrate the year-on-year change in total remuneration for all employees and total shareholder distributions.

Total remuneration for all employees
(+8.0%)

£102.3m

£110.5m

2017/18

2018/19

2018/19

2017/18

Special dividend

£m

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

Total shareholder
distributions
-40.7% (including special dividend)
+1.1% (excluding special dividend)

£m

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

£83.0m

£31.8m

2017/18

£49.2m

£32.1m

2018/19

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

67

FinancialsStrategic ReportGovernance 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDER VOTING

The following table shows the results of the shareholder votes on the Annual Report on Remuneration at the 2018 Annual General 
Meeting:

For (including discretionary)

Against

Total votes cast (excluding withheld votes)

Total votes withheld1

Total votes cast (including withheld votes)

Remuneration policy  
2018

Annual Report on Remuneration  
2018

Total number 
of votes

% of votes cast

Total number 
of votes

% of votes cast

236,852,095

84.22

282,959,260

44,370,382

281,222,477

3,600,623

284,823,100

15.78

158,107

–

–

283,117,367

1,705,732

– 284,823,099

99.94

0.06

–

–

–

1.  A withheld vote is not a vote in law and is not counted in the calculation of the proportion of votes cast for and against a resolution.

DIRECTORS’ SHAREHOLDINGS AND INTEREST IN SHARES – AUDITED

The Committee sets shareholding guidelines for Executive Directors. The current guideline is to build and maintain, over time, a 
holding of shares in the Company equivalent in value to at least 250% and 200% of base salary for the Chief Executive and Chief 
Financial Officer, respectively. Both Executive Directors joined the Board recently and so have not yet met the shareholding 
guideline. Karen Hubbard purchased all of the shares she (or her connected persons) currently hold.

Director

Executive Directors
Karen Hubbard
Kris Lee

Non-Executive Directors
Paul Moody
Geoff Cooper 
Octavia Morley
David Stead
Paul McCrudden
Roger Whiteside

Shares held

Options held

Unvested
and not
subject to
performance

Unvested
and
subject to
performance

Vested
but not
exercised

Unvested 
and
subject to
continued
employment

Current
shareholding
(% of salary/
fee2)

Shareholding
requirement
(% of salary/
fee)

Guideline
met?

49%
0%

250%
200%

No
No

–
–

–

–
–
–
–

440,699
195,712

–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–
–

Owned
outright1

130,410
0

0

13,333
22,222
0
22,520

Including shares owned by connected persons. 

1. 
2.  Calculated using the closing share price of the Company on 31 January 2019 of 180.3p. 

There have been no changes in the numbers of shares owned by the Directors and their connected persons between the end of the 
year and the date of this report.

DETAILS OF DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN SHARES IN INCENTIVE PLANS - AUDITED

Karen Hubbard
Restricted Shares
LTIP
SAYE
SAYE

Kris Lee
Restricted Shares
LTIP
SAYE

Date of
grant

Share price
at grant

Exercise
price

Number
of shares
awarded

Face value 
at grant

Performance period

Exercise period

11.07.18
27.10.17
03.07.18
27.06.17

214.1p1
323.0p2
191.0p
334.2

n/a
n/a
161p
268p

194,778
£417,031
245,921 £794,325
£10,677
£11,222

5,590
3,358

01.02.18 – 31.01.21
01.02.17 – 31.01.20
n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a
01.08.21 – 31.01.22
01.08.20 – 31.01.21

11.07.18
27.10.17
03.07.18

214.1p1
323.0p2
191.0p

n/a
n/a
161p

110,346 £236,250
85,366 £275,733
£10,677

5,590

01.02.18 – 31.01.21
01.02.17 – 31.01.20
n/a

n/a
n/a
01.08.21 – 31.01.22

1.  To determine the number of shares comprising the award, based on the average middle market quotation of a share in the capital of the Company for the three months prior to the date 

of award, 11 July 2018, of 214.1p.

2.  To determine the number of shares comprising the award, based on the average middle market quotation of a share in the capital of the Company for the three months prior to the date 

of award, 27 October 2017, of 323.0.p.

68 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

HOW THE POLICY WILL BE APPLIED IN FY19/20

Salary
The salaries of the Executive Directors will, with effect from 1 May 2019, be as follows:

Executive Director

Karen Hubbard
Kris Lee1

1 May 2019

1 May 2018

£486,127
£327,726

£476,595
£315,000

1 

The Committee reviewed the Kris Lee’s performance during the year and awarded him a 2% salary increase to £321,300 effective from the first anniversary of his appointment date. His 
salary with effect from 1 May 2019 represents a 2% increase on this revised salary. 

ANNUAL BONUS 

The annual bonus is capped at 125% and 100% of salary for the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer, respectively, based 
80% on EBITDA and 20% on a number of strategic measures.

The EBITDA targets have been set by the Committee and will require Executive Directors to deliver significant stretch performance. 
Given the close link between these targets and Card Factory’s competitive strategy, EBITDA targets are considered commercially 
sensitive but will be published in next year’s Annual Report on Remuneration.

The strategic objectives for the CEO and CFO have been set to measure progress in the building blocks of the current four pillar 
strategy and in establishing the next steps for future strategic options. These will position us for growth in future years and mitigate 
business risk in achieving these goals in addition to their focus on delivering annual business results. These objectives are set out 
below, together with details of how they will be measured. The specific targets are commercially sensitive and will be disclosed 
retrospectively in next year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report with performance against them.

The CEO’s strategic objectives are:

•  development of the four pillar strategy to a medium-term time horizon and execution of key new initiatives to drive future 

growth measured by traction and financial performance at year end;

•  maintaining our customer value proposition, measured by external research results compiled by OC&C and reported annually;

• 

improving our ongoing Business Efficiency to optimise the operating model for sustainable future performance, measured by 
performance in excess of budgeted savings; and 

• 

improving employee engagement through strategic leadership, measured by company employee survey results.

The CFO’s strategic objectives are:

•  delivering the new platform for cardfactory.co.uk, measured by implementation in FY20;

•  developing and refining the company property strategy for future years and building the appropriate execution plan for FY21 

and FY22 measured by the pipeline of opportunity at year end;

• 

improving stock management to drive both availability and reduce stockholding, measured by stock at year end against 
target; and

• 

improving employee engagement through strategic leadership, measured by company employee survey results.

BENEFITS AND PENSION

These will be paid in line with the policy.

RESTRICTED SHARES

Restricted Shares will be granted over shares with a value at the time of grant of 87.5% of salary and 75% of salary for the Chief 
Executive and Chief Financial Officer, respectively.

In order for Restricted Shares to vest, the Committee must be satisfied that business performance is robust and sustainable and 
that management has strengthened the business. In assessing performance, the Committee will consider financial and non-
financial KPIs of the business as well as delivery against strategic priorities. To the extent it is not satisfied with performance the 
Committee may scale back the level of vested awards including to zero.

There will be full disclosure in the Annual Report and Accounts of the Committee’s determination of the performance underpin.

SHAREHOLDING REQUIREMENT

The level of shareholding required to be built and maintained is equivalent to 250% and 200% of salary for the Chief Executive 
and Chief Financial Officer, respectively.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

69

FinancialsStrategic ReportGovernanceDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR FEES

No increases are proposed for the current year.

Base fees
Chairman
Senior Independent Director
Non-Executive Director

Additional fees
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee

2019/20

2018/19

£144,0001 £125,000/£144,000
£49,000
£49,000
£45,000
£45,000

£8,000
£8,000

£8,000
£8,000

1 

In addition to his fee of £125,000, our previous Chairman, Geoff Cooper was granted an option to acquire shares in the Company as part of the terms of his appointment in 2014. His fee 
remained the same until he stepped down in October 2018. On appointment, our Chairman, Paul Moody’s fee was set at £144,000 following advice received from our remuneration 
consultants Korn Ferry. Paul has not been granted any share options.

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP AND ADVISERS

The Remuneration Committee consists of four Independent Non-Executive Directors: Octavia Morley (Chairman), David Stead,  
Paul McCrudden and Roger Whiteside, and the Non-Executive Chairman, Paul Moody. A more detailed explanation of the 
Remuneration Committee’s role is set out in the Corporate Governance Report on page 45 and a copy of its terms of reference,  
which comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code, are available on Card Factory’s investor relations website  
(www.cardfactoryinvestors.com).

The Committee fulfils its duties with a combination of both formal meetings and informal consultation with relevant parties 
internally and externally. Its principal external advisers are Korn Ferry, who were appointed by the Committee following a tender 
process during the year. Korn Ferry does not provide any other services to the Company. Korn Ferry is a signatory to the Code of 
Conduct for Remuneration Consultants in the UK, details of which can be found on the Remuneration Consultants Group’s website 
at www.remunerationconsultantsgroup.com. Accordingly, the Committee is satisfied that the advice received is objective and 
independent. Fees of £48,000 (inc. VAT) were paid to Korn Ferry during the financial year.

COMMITTEE ACTIVITIES

During 2018/19, the Committee met to consider the following remuneration matters:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the final stages of the investor consultation for the new remuneration policy; 

to consider performance against targets and resulting bonus payments and vesting of awards under the LTIP; 

to determine 2018/19 grants of Restricted Shares; 

to consider measures and targets for the 2019/20 annual bonus; 

to determine the remuneration package for the incoming Chairman; 

to review developing trends in remuneration governance including the new 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code; and 

to formally approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report set out in this Annual Report. 

Approved by the Board of Card Factory plc on 15 April 2019 and signed on its behalf by

Octavia Morley
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

15 April 2019

70 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Chairman’s Letter – Nomination Committee

Paul Moody

Chairman of the 
Nomination Committee

Dear Shareholder

The main focus of the Nomination Committee over the last year has been managing the succession of Geoff Cooper as Chairman 
of the Board. 

Geoff advised the Board in February 2018 that, for personal reasons, he intended stepping down as Chairman of the Group and 
invited the Board to seek a successor.

Following a rigorous search process, initiated and led by Octavia Morley, as acting Chair of the Committee, I was appointed to the 
Board as Chairman with effect from 19 October 2018. I, and the Board, would like to thank Octavia for her leadership of the 
Committee during this process. 

The search for Geoff’s successor was conducted by an internationally renowned firm and, with the exception of Geoff, all members 
of the Committee, Karen Hubbard and Kris Lee were involved in the selection process. The recruitment was focused on identifying 
a candidate with the skills and relevant experience to lead and work closely with the Board and the senior management team to 
drive Card Factory’s existing four pillar strategy and assess longer-term strategic options for the business. The person specification 
for the role captured technical skills and relevant board experience whilst also ensuring that the opportunity to create further 
diversity to the Board was considered.

I’m delighted to have been appointed as Chairman and hope that my leadership experience can support the development and 
execution of the Group’s strategy. My introduction to the business has been underpinned by an extensive induction programme 
which has given me the opportunity to engage with all parts of the business and understand the Group’s current operations and 
strategy.

Looking forward, the Committee will ensure that its activities continue to be aligned with the principles and provisions of the new 
2018 UK Corporate Governance Code. Succession planning for the Board and senior management team, together with the 
development of a diverse pipeline of future talent across the business, will be central to the Committee’s activities during the year.

A great deal of progress has already been made by the Group to ensure there is greater transparency over future development, 
progression and reward across the workforce with a number of structured programmes designed to identify, develop and support 
the future leaders of the business. The Committee continues to endorse these developments and will regularly assess the outcomes 
they deliver.

Yours sincerely

Paul Moody
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

15 April 2019

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

71

FinancialsStrategic ReportGovernanceNomination Committee Report

This report provides details of the role of the Nomination 
Committee, the work it has undertaken during the year  
and details of how it intends to carry out its responsibilities 
going forward.

•  meetings with the Non-Executive Directors; 

• 

time with the team at our online subsidiary,  
Getting Personal; 

•  a tour of our in-house print facility, Printcraft; 

ROLE OF THE NOMINATION COMMITTEE

The purpose of the Committee is to assist the Board by keeping 
the composition of the Board under review and by conducting a 
rigorous and transparent process when new appointments to 
the Board are made.

A more detailed explanation of the Nomination Committee’s 
role is set out in the Corporate Governance Report on page 46 
and the Committee’s terms of reference, which are published on 
Card Factory’s investor website (www.cardfactoryinvestors.com), 
comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code.

The Committee’s terms of reference are being reviewed and,  
if necessary, will be updated in light of the changes in the new 
Corporate Governance Code.

MEMBERSHIP

The Nomination Committee is chaired by Paul Moody, and its 
other members are Octavia Morley, David Stead, Paul 
McCrudden and Roger Whiteside. 

The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee.

MEETINGS

The Committee met seven times during the year with details of 
attendance set out in the Corporate Governance Report on 
page 43.

Throughout the year, the Senior Independent Non-Executive 
Director, Octavia Morley, acted as Chairman of the 
Committee ensuring its activities in managing the succession 
of Geoff Cooper were conducted in accordance with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code.

Paul Moody and Roger Whiteside were appointed to the 
Committee with effect from 19 October 2018 and were not 
therefore present at any of the Committee’s meetings held 
during the year. 

COMMITTEE ACTIVITY IN 2018/19

The Committee’s main activity during the year, as described in 
more detail in the introductory letter to this report, was to 
manage the appointment and induction of Paul Moody as 
Chairman in succession to Geoff Cooper. 

WELCOMING OUR NEW CHAIRMAN

Paul Moody’s extensive induction programme took place over a 
number of months with the support of the Group’s CEO Karen 
Hubbard. The induction covered all parts of the Group, and included:

•  meetings with the Group’s significant investors; 

•  meetings with the Group’s CEO and CFO;

•  one-to-one meetings with senior management team 
members, in many instances on site in stores or at the 
Group’s facilities; 

•  an introduction to and tour of the Group’s design studio; 

and

•  meeting the Group’s key advisers. 

COMMITTEE’S FOCUS FOR THE FUTURE

The Nomination Committee’s priority over the coming year will 
be to:

• 

• 

reflect on the 2018 Corporate Governance Code and how 
the Committee’s terms of reference and activities can be 
developed to ensure they are aligned with the new code’s 
principles and provisions in a way that supports the Group’s 
strategic goals; 

focus on an orderly and considered Board succession plan 
that addresses the current long service of a number of our 
Independent Non-Executive Directors; and 

•  oversee and support the development of succession 

planning for all key roles in our senior management team 
and beyond, ensuring this supports the development of a 
diverse pipeline of future talent across the Group. 

In addressing these, succession planning will:

• 

• 

• 

focus on the needs of the business over the medium to 
longer term and the importance of maintaining the 
appropriate balance of skills and experience across the 
executive management team and among the Non-
Executive Directors; 

support the development of the next generation of leaders 
from within the business; and

recognise that the Group’s best interests are served by 
ensuring that our leaders represent a range of skills, 
experiences, backgrounds and perspectives, including 
gender, race, religion or sexual orientation but who, at all 
times, are recognised as the best qualified people for  
their roles. 

GENDER AND ETHNIC DIVERSITY

Our policy is that the Board should always be diverse but we 
feel that quotas are not appropriate as they are likely to lead to 
compromised decisions on Board membership, quality and size.

We will, however, seek to ensure that specific effort is made to 
bring forward female candidates and those from a range of 
ethnic backgrounds for Board appointments. We will also 
monitor the Group’s approach to people development to ensure 
that it continues to enable talented individuals, from all genders 
and from all ethnic groups, to enjoy career progression 
activities within the Group.

We published our second Gender Pay Gap Report in April 2019. In 
addition to setting out the data required by the Government, the 
report evidences the outcomes of the Group’s efforts in ensuring 
there is equality of opportunity between the genders throughout 
the Group. A copy of the report has been published on Card 
Factory’s investor website (www.cardfactoryinvestors.com)

72 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Details of the gender balance within the Group are set out in 
the Corporate Social Responsibility report on page 33.

BOARD EVALUATION

Following the first externally facilitated Board evaluation last 
year, the Chairman, with the support of the Company Secretary, 
carried out an internal evaluation this year reflecting on the 
Board’s performance against the objectives agreed as part of 
the external evaluation and on the other steps the Board needs 
to take improve its effectiveness. Further details are set out in the 
Corporate Governance Report on page 46. Board evaluation will 
continue to be conducted on an annual basis and the Board will, 
as required by the UK Corporate Governance Code, engage an 
external facilitator once every three years to assist in the process.

TENURE AND RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, all the 
Directors will seek election or re-election (as appropriate) at the 
next AGM on 5 June 2019.

This report was reviewed and approved by the Board on  
15 April 2019.

Paul Moody
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

15 April 2019

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

73

FinancialsStrategic ReportGovernanceDirectors’ Report

The Directors present their report together with the audited 
financial statements for the year ended 31 January 2019.

INTRODUCTION

This section of the Annual Report and Accounts includes 
additional information required to be disclosed under the 
Companies Act 2006 (‘the Companies Act’), the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 2016 (‘the Code’ or ‘the UK Corporate 
Governance Code’), the Disclosure and Transparency Rules (‘the 
DTRs’) and the Listing Rules (‘the Listing Rules’) of the Financial 
Conduct Authority.

RESULTS AND ORDINARY DIVIDENDS

The consolidated profit for the Group for the year after taxation 
was £51.4m (FY18: £58.3m). The results are discussed in greater 
detail in the Chief Financial Officer’s Review on pages 20 to 23.

A final dividend of 6.4 pence per share (FY18: 6.4 pence) is 
proposed in respect of the period ended 31 January 2019 to add 
to an interim dividend of 2.9 pence per share (FY18: 2.9 pence) 
paid on 14 December 2018. The final dividend will, subject to 
shareholders’ approval at the AGM on 05 June 2019, be paid on 
18 June 2019 to shareholders on the register on 10 May 2019.

Some of the information we are required to include in the 
Directors’ Report is included in other sections of this Annual 
Report and Accounts and is referred to below. Where reference 
is made to these other sections, they are incorporated into this 
report by reference.

INCORPORATION, LISTING AND STRUCTURE

The Company was incorporated and registered in England and 
Wales on 17 April 2014 under the Companies Act with 
registration number 9002747.

The entire issued ordinary share capital of the Company is 
admitted to the premium listing segment of the Official List of 
the Financial Conduct Authority and to trading on the London 
Stock Exchange plc’s main market for listed securities. The 
liability of the members of the Company is limited.

The Company is domiciled in the United Kingdom and its 
registered office is at Century House, Brunel Road, Wakefield 
41 Industrial Estate, Wakefield, West Yorkshire WF2 0XG.  
The telephone number of the Company’s registered office is 
+44 1924 839150.

STRATEGIC REPORT

The Strategic Report, which was approved by the Board on  
15 April 2019 and is set out on pages 1 to 37, contains a fair 
review of the Group’s business, a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties facing the Group and an indication of 
the likely future developments in the business of the Group.

The review is intended to be a balanced and comprehensive 
analysis of the development and performance of the Group’s 
business during the financial year and the position of the 
Group’s business at the end of that year. The report includes, to 
the extent necessary for an understanding of the development, 
performance or position of the Group’s business, analysis using 
financial key performance indicators.

The Strategic Report also includes the main trends and factors 
likely to affect the future development, performance and 
position of the Group’s business. It also includes information 
about environmental matters, the Group’s employees and 
social and community issues.

This Directors’ Report should be read in conjunction with the 
Strategic Report, which also contains details of the principal 
activities of the Group during the year. When taken together, 
the Strategic Report and this Directors’ Report constitute the 
management report for the purposes of DTR 4.1.8R.

SPECIAL DIVIDEND

A special dividend of 5 pence per share (FY18: 15 pence) was 
paid to shareholders on 14 December 2018.

POST YEAR-END EVENTS

There have been no significant post year-end events.

SHARE CAPITAL, SHAREHOLDERS AND RESTRICTIONS ON 
TRANSFERS OF SHARES

The Company has only one class of shares, ordinary shares of 
1p each.

Further details of the Company’s share capital, including 
changes in the issued share capital in the year under review, are 
set out in note 19 to the financial statements which form part of 
this report on page 106. There have been no further changes in 
the Company’s share capital between the end of the financial 
year under review and the date of the approval of this report.

Details of awards outstanding under share-based incentive 
schemes are given in note 25 to the financial statements which 
form part of this report on pages 112 and 113. Details of the 
share-based incentive schemes in place are provided in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 59.

The rights and obligations attaching to the ordinary share 
capital of the Company are contained within the Company’s 
Articles of Association (‘Articles’) which were adopted on 
29 April 2014.

The Articles do not contain any restrictions on the transfer  
of ordinary shares in the Company other than the usual 
restrictions applicable where any amount is unpaid on a  
share. Certain restrictions are also imposed by laws and 
regulations (such as insider trading and marketing requirements 
relating to close periods) and requirements of the Listing Rules 
whereby Directors and certain employees of the Company 
require approval of the Company in order to deal in the 
Company’s shares.

SHAREHOLDER AND VOTING RIGHTS

All members who hold ordinary shares are entitled to attend 
and vote at the AGM. On a show of hands at a general meeting 
every member present in person shall have one vote and on  
a poll, every member present in person or by proxy shall have 
one vote for every ordinary share held. No shareholder holds 
ordinary shares carrying special rights relating to the control of 
the Company.

74 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS

At 15 April 2019 the following had notified the Company of a 
disclosable interest of 3% or more of the nominal value of the 
Company’s ordinary shares:

Number of 
ordinary 
shares

Percentage  
of share 
capital

Shareholder

Invesco Perpetual Asset Management Ltd
Artemis Investment Management LLP
Woodford Investment Management
Teleios Capital Partners
Majedie Asset Management
Stuart Middleton
Norges Bank Investment Mgt

89,897,573
33,970,205
32,736,257
24,632,508
24,422,154
18,035,477
11,097,699

26.32%
9.95%
9.58%
7.21%
7.15%
5.28%
3.25%

CHANGE OF CONTROL

There are no agreements between the Company and its 
Directors or employees providing for additional compensation 
for loss of office or employment (whether through resignation, 
redundancy or otherwise) that occurs because of a takeover bid.

The only significant agreement to which the Company is a 
party that takes effect, alters or terminates upon a change  
of control of the Company following a takeover bid, and the 
effect thereof, is the Company’s committed bank facility dated 
17 April 2014 (as amended and restated on 24 June 2015 and  
24 September 2018) which contains a provision such that, in the 
event of a change of control the facility may be cancelled  
and all outstanding amounts, together with accrued interest,  
will become repayable on the date falling 30 days following 
written notice being given by the lenders that the facility has 
been cancelled.

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

The only material transactions with related parties during the 
year were those transactions detailed in note 28 on page 113 of 
the Annual Report and Accounts.

DIRECTORS

The Directors of the Company and their biographies are set out 
on pages 38 to 40. Details of changes to the Board during the 
period are set out in the Corporate Governance Report on  
page 42. Details of how Directors are appointed and or removed 
are set out in the Corporate Governance Report on page 47.

POWERS OF DIRECTORS

Specific powers of the Directors in relation to shares and the 
Company’s Articles of Association are referred to in the 
Corporate Governance Report on page 47.

DIRECTORS’ INDEMNITIES AND INSURANCE

Information relating to Directors’ indemnities and the Directors’ 
and Officers’ liability insurance the Company has purchased is 
set out in the Corporate Governance Report on page 47.

EMPLOYEES

Information relating to employees of the Group is set out in the 
Corporate Social Responsibility Report on pages 32 and 33.

Share incentive schemes in which employees participate are 
described in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 59 
and in note 25 to the financial statements on pages 112 and 113.

HEALTH AND SAFETY

An overview of health and safety is provided in the Corporate 
Social Responsibility Report on pages 31 and 32.

GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS
The Corporate Social Responsibility Report on page 31 sets out 
the greenhouse gas emissions disclosures required by the 
Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) 
Regulations 2013.

POLITICAL DONATIONS

The Group has not made any political donations in the past 
and does not intend to make any in the future.

TREASURY AND RISK MANAGEMENT AND 
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Group’s approach to treasury and financial risk management 
is explained in the Principal Risks and Uncertainties section on 
page 27. In that section, beginning on page 24, there is also a list 
of the principal risks and uncertainties that affect or are likely 
to affect the Group. The financial position of the Group, its cash 
flow, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are described in 
the Chief Financial Officer’s Review on pages 20 to 23.

TAX

The Group pays corporation tax on its operations in the United 
Kingdom and does not operate in any tax havens, or use any 
tax avoidance schemes. A copy of the Group’s tax strategy is 
available on Card Factory’s investor website 
(www.cardfactoryinvestors.com).

GOING CONCERN

Taking into account current and anticipated trading performance, 
current and anticipated levels of borrowings and the availability 
of borrowing facilities and exposures to and management of the 
financial risks detailed in the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 37, 
the Board is of the opinion that, at the time of approval of these 
financial statements, there is a reasonable expectation that the 
Group has adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for a period of at least 12 months from the date of 
approval of these financial statements. Accordingly, the financial 
statements continue to be prepared on a going concern basis.

LONGER-TERM VIABILITY

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, the 
Directors have assessed the viability of the Group over the 
three years to 31 January 2022. This assessment has been 
made taking into account the Group’s current position, plans 
and principal risks and uncertainties described in the 
Strategic Report on pages 1 to 37. 

The Directors have determined that the three years to  
31 January 2022 is an appropriate period over which to 
provide its viability statement. Three years closely 
corresponds to the average remaining lease term of the 
Group’s property portfolio and is the timeframe used by the 
Board in its strategic planning process. 

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

75

FinancialsStrategic ReportGovernanceDirectors’ Report continued

LONGER-TERM VIABILITY CONTINUED

In making this statement, the Board has carried out a robust 
assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, including 
those that would threaten its business model, future 
performance, solvency or liquidity.

The Board remains particularly mindful of the continuing risk to 
the business from the range of uncertain Brexit developments 
and outcomes, including volatility in the strength of Sterling 
versus the US dollar and the threat of supply chain disruption 
due to delays at UK ports. The mitigation of short-to-medium 
term risk of FX volatility is delivered via the Group’s existing 
currency hedging policy and the business has alleviated its 
supply chain risk by increasing its inventory levels.

The Board has reviewed the Group’s detailed three year 
strategic plan, a process it undertakes on an annual basis; 
including an assessment of key operational and financial 
assumptions. The output of this plan is also used to analyse 
forecast debt and covenant headroom and includes a review  
of sensitivities to business as usual risks. These risks include  
the consideration of factors which could impact forecast sales 
levels (for example, like-for-like sales, new store openings  
and online growth rates) and factors which could impact 
profitability (for example, foreign exchange rates, wage costs, 
property costs and the success of various business efficiency 
initiatives). The results take into account the availability and 
likely effectiveness of mitigating actions that could be taken  
to avoid or reduce the impact or occurrence of the underlying 
risks. The scenarios modelled represent more extreme 
circumstances than the company has ever experienced.

Whilst this review does not consider all of the risks that the 
Group might face, the Directors consider that this stress-testing 
based assessment of the Group’s prospects is reasonable in the 
circumstances of the inherent uncertainty involved.

The Board also considers cash flow forecasts, the availability  
of financing and the Group’s plans to return surplus cash  
to shareholders. The Group remains highly cash generative  
and has significant headroom on all of the covenants in its 
committed banking facility, which, having been renewed in 
October 2018, runs through to October 2023. In assessing 
potential returns of surplus cash to shareholders, the Board  
will take into account, inter alia, expected cash generation, the 
actual and projected leverage ratio and the ongoing capital 
requirements of the business. Such returns of surplus cash are 
therefore discretionary and within the control of the Board.

DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION AND APPOINTMENT 
OF AUDITORS

So far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware and  
the Directors have taken all the steps which they ought to have 
taken as Directors to make themselves aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor 
is aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in 
accordance with the provisions of Section 418 of the Companies 
Act. On behalf of the Board, the audit and Risk Committee has 
reviewed the effectiveness, performance, independence and 
objectivity of the existing external auditor, KPMG LLP, for the 
year ended 31 January 2019 and concluded that the external 
auditor was in all respects effective. KPMG LLP has expressed 
its willingness to continue in office as auditor. Accordingly,  
and in accordance with Section 489 of the Companies Act, 
resolutions to reappoint KPMG LLP as auditor and to authorise 
the Directors to determine its remuneration will be proposed at 
the forthcoming AGM of the Company.

INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-
LOOKING STATEMENTS

The reports and financial statements contained in this  
Annual Report and Accounts contain certain forward-looking 
statements with respect to the financial condition, results  
of operations, and businesses of Card Factory plc. These 
statements and forecasts involve risk, uncertainty and 
assumptions because they relate to events and depend upon 
circumstances that will occur in the future. There are a number 
of factors that could cause actual results or developments  
to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these 
forward-looking statements and forecasts. Nothing in this 
Annual Report and Accounts should be construed as a  
profit forecast.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

The Annual General Meeting of the Company will be held at 
11.00am on 05 June 2019 at the offices of Squire Patton Boggs, 
6 Wellington Place, Leeds, West Yorkshire LS1 4AP. A formal 
notice of meeting, explanatory circular and a form of proxy will 
accompany this Annual Report and Accounts.

RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT OF THE DIRECTORS IN 
RESPECT OF THE ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS

This statement is set out on page 77.

Based on this assessment, the Directors confirm that they have 
a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group will 
be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they 
fall due in the period to 31 January 2022.

APPROVAL OF THE ANNUAL REPORT

The Strategic Report and the Corporate Governance Report 
were approved by the Board on 15 April 2019 and signed on its 
behalf by

Shiv Sibal
Company Secretary

15 April 2019

76 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and parent Company financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and parent Company financial statements for each financial year. Under 
that law they are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards as adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU) and applicable law and have elected to prepare the 
parent Company financial statements on the same basis. 

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Group and parent Company and of their profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the 
Group and parent Company financial statements, the Directors are required to: 

• 

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 

•  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant and reliable; 

• 

state whether they have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU; 

•  assess the Group and parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to 

going concern; and 

•  use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to cease 

operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent 
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent Company and 
enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are responsible for such internal 
control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard 
the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities. 

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions. 

RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT OF THE DIRECTORS IN RESPECT OF THE ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS

 We confirm that to the best of our knowledge: 

• 

• 

the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of 
the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole; and 

the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the issuer 
and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face. 

We consider the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy.

Karen Hubbard  
Chief Executive Officer 

Kris Lee
Chief Financial Officer 

15 April 2019

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

77

FinancialsStrategic ReportGovernance 
 
 
Independent auditor’s report to the members of Card Factory plc 

1. OUR OPINION IS UNMODIFIED 

We have audited the financial statements of Card Factory plc (“the Company”) For the year ended 31 January 2019 which 
comprise the Consolidated income statement, Consolidated statement of comprehensive income, Consolidated statement of 
financial position, Consolidated statement of changes in equity, Consolidated cash flow statement, Parent Company statement of 
financial position, Parent Company statement of changes in equity, Parent Company cash flow statement, and the related notes, 
including the accounting policies in note 1 to the Group financial statements and in note 1 to the Parent Company financial 
statements. 

In our opinion: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and Parent Company’s affairs as at 31 January 
2019 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
as adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU);

the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and as 
applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards 
the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities are described below. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is a sufficient and appropriate basis for 
our opinion. Our audit opinion is consistent with our report to the audit committee.

We were appointed as auditor by the Company’s members on 30 April 2014. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is for 
the 5 financial years ended 31 January 2019. Prior to that we were also auditor to the Group’s previous parent company, but which, 
being unlisted, was not a public-interest entity. We have fulfilled our ethical responsibilities under, and we remain independent of 
the Group in accordance with, UK ethical requirements including the FRC Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest 
entities. No non-audit services prohibited by that standard were provided. 

Overview

Materiality:
Group financial statements as a whole 

£3.7m (2018:£4.0m)
5.0% (2018: 5.0%) of Group profit before tax excluding non-underlying items

Coverage 

Key audit matters

New

Recurring risks

100% (2018: 100%) of Group profit before tax

vs 2018 

The impact of uncertainties due to the UK exiting the European Union on our audit

Going concern 

Existence and accuracy of the stock counts for store inventory and accuracy of the 
costing calculations for all inventory 

Foreign exchange hedge accounting. 

Recoverability of parent company investments in subsidiaries. 

78 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

2. KEY AUDIT MATTERS: INCLUDING OUR ASSESSMENT OF RISKS OF MATERIAL MISSTATEMENT 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by us, 
including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing 
the efforts of the engagement team. We summarise below the key audit matters in arriving at our audit opinion above, together 
with our key audit procedures to address those matters and, as required for public interest entities, our results from those 
procedures. These matters were addressed, and our results are based on procedures undertaken, in the context of, and solely for 
the purpose of, our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and consequently are 
incidental to that opinion, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 

The risk 

Our response 

The impact of uncertainties due
to the UK exiting the European
Union on our audit

Unprecedented levels of uncertainty:

All audits assess and challenge the
reasonableness of estimates, and the
appropriateness of the going concern
basis of preparation of the financial
statements (see below). All of these
depend on assessments of the future
economic environment and the Group’s
future prospects and performance.

In addition, we are required to consider
the other information presented in the
Annual Report including the principal
risks disclosure and the viability
statement and to consider the directors’
statement that the annual report and
financial statements taken as a whole is
fair, balanced and understandable and
provides the information necessary for
shareholders to assess the Group’s
position and performance, business
model and strategy.

Brexit is one of the most significant
economic events for the UK and at the
date of this report its effects are subject
to unprecedented levels of uncertainty
of outcomes, with the full range of
possible effects unknown.

We developed a standardised firm-wide
approach to the consideration of the
uncertainties arising from Brexit in planning 
and performing our audits.

Our procedures included:

• Our Brexit knowledge – We considered the 

directors’ assessment of Brexit-related 
sources of risk for the Group’s business and 
financial resources compared with our own 
understanding of the risks. We considered 
the directors’ plans to take action to 
mitigate the risks.

• Sensitivity analysis – When addressing 

areas that depend on forecasts, we 
compared the directors’ analysis to our 
assessment of the full range of reasonably 
possible scenarios resulting from Brexit 
uncertainty and, where forecast cash flows 
are required to be discounted, considered 
adjustments to discount rates for the level of 
remaining uncertainty.

• Assessing transparency – We considered all 
of the Brexit related disclosures together, 
including those in the strategic report, 
comparing the overall picture against our 
understanding of the risks.

Our results: We found the resulting estimates 
and related disclosures of going concern to 
be acceptable. However, no audit should be 
expected to predict the unknowable factors 
or all possible future implications for a Group 
and this is particularly the case in relation to 
Brexit.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

79

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsIndependent auditor’s report to the members of Card Factory plc continued

Going concern
Refer to page 52 (Audit and Risk Committee  
Report} and note 1 on page 92 (accounting policy).

The risk 

Our response 

Disclosure quality
The financial statements explain how the 
Board has formed a judgement that it is 
appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis of preparation for the Group.

That judgement is based on an evaluation 
of the inherent risks to the Group’s business 
model and how those risks might affect the 
Group’s financial resources or ability to 
continue operations over a period of at 
least a year from the date of approval of 
the financial statements.

The risks most likely to adversely affect the 
Group’s available financial resources over 
this period were:

•  The level of financing and the ability of 
the Group to comply with financial 
covenants at certain points in the year; 
and

•  Meeting management forecasts and 

managing the risk presented by Brexit 
regarding access to raw material 
supplies at affordable prices and the 
risk of a sudden fall in consumer 
confidence.

The achievability of mitigating actions the 
Directors would take to improve the position 
should these or other risks materialise.

The risk for our audit was whether or not 
those risks were such that they amounted 
to a material uncertainty that may have 
cast significant doubt about the ability to 
continue as a going concern. Had they 
been such, then that fact would have been 
required to have been disclosed.

Our procedures included:
Funding assessment

•  Assessed the committed level of financing 
available to the Group for at least the 
next 12 months through consideration of 
the facility agreement. We challenged the 
directors’ assumptions by considering our 
own expectations based on our 
knowledge of the entity and experience of 
the industry in which it operates.

Historical comparisons

•  Considered the Group’s historical 

budgeting accuracy, by assessing actual 
performance against budget.

Sensitivity analysis:

•  Considered sensitivities over the level of 

available financial resources indicated by 
the Group’s financial forecasts taking 
account of reasonably possible (but not 
unrealistic) adverse effects that could 
arise from these risks individually and 
collectively.

Assessing transparency

•  Assessed the completeness and accuracy 

of the matters covered in the going 
concern disclosure by assessing the 
reasonableness of risks and uncertainties 
specified by the disclosure against our 
findings from our evaluation of 
management’s assessment of going 
concern.

Our results: We found the resulting estimates
and related disclosures of going concern to 
be acceptable.

80 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

The risk 

Our response 

Existence and accuracy of store  
inventory and accuracy of the costing 
calculations for all inventory

(£68.6m; 2018: £51.5m)

Refer to page 52 (Audit and Risk Committee 
Report}, note 1 on page 97 (accounting policy)  
and note 14 on page 104 (financial disclosures).

Physical quantities of store stock:
Store inventory quantities depend on
year end physical counts. Accordingly,
given the high volume and broad range
of inventory held there is a risk that
quantities of store inventory could be
incorrectly recorded. Controls over the
year end counts of store inventory are
themselves manual in nature.

Calculation error:
Elements of the inventory costing
calculations across both store and
warehouse stock are manual in nature.
Given the high volume and broad range
on inventory held there is a risk that cost
could be incorrectly recorded.

Our procedures included:
•  Count design and attendance: 
Assessment of the design and 
implementation of the store count 
procedures through attendance at a 
sample of store inventory counts, this 
informed the extent of our test of details.

•  Control operation: Evaluated the 

operating effectiveness of the controls 
over the process for reviewing by the 
company of its store count results, which 
compares the results of the store counts 
to the expected stock levels for each store 
on a line by line basis. This includes 
investigation of significant variances.  
The test informs the extent of our tests  
of details.

•  Tests of details: Selected a sample of 

stock lines to assess whether the counted 
quantities agree to expected quantities 
according to the stock system and 
investigated how any variances within  
our sample had been resolved. As an 
adjustment is made to the gross stock 
figure to the extent variances exceed  
the Group’s threshold, we considered the 
level of this threshold in the context of  
our materiality.

•  Tests of details: Identified store outliers 
based on a number of factors such as 
stock levels per square foot of selling 
space. For that sample we evaluated the 
characteristics specific to a sample of 
stores such as their location in relation to 
other stores, to assess whether this was 
consistent with the stock levels reported. 
We considered the overall value of the 
stock held in outlier stores in the context 
of materiality.

•  Re-performance: For a sample of inventory 
lines re-performed the standard cost 
calculations and agreed each input to 
invoice or other supporting documentation.

Our results: The results of our procedures
were satisfactory (2018 result: satisfactory).

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

81

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsIndependent auditor’s report to the members of Card Factory plc continued

The risk 

Our response 

Foreign exchange hedge accounting
(Hedging reserve £0.9m, cost of hedging 
reserve £0.4m; 2018: hedging reserve  
£4.4m deficit, cost of hedging reserve  
£0.1m deficit as restated)

Refer to page 52 (Audit and Risk Committee 
Report), note 1 on page 96 (accounting policy)  
and note 24 on page 110 (financial disclosures).

Accounting treatment
The Group adopts hedge accounting for
a high proportion of its foreign currency
inventory purchases. The amount of fair
value movement recorded through other
comprehensive income (OCI) rather than
the income statement is determined by
effectiveness testing.

Hedge accounting is inherently complex 
and requires a degree of judgement in 
determining forecast cash flows. If the 
assumptions made in the effectiveness 
testing were inappropriate, the 
presentation of the fair value movement  
on the financial instruments in OCI and  
the income statement could be incorrect.

IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ is mandatory 
for the first time in 2019. The first year of 
adoption inherently carries a risk of error.

Parent Company’s investments
in subsidiaries
(Group investments £316.2m;
2018: £316.2m,)

Refer to note 1 on page 120 (accounting policy) 
and note 4 on pages 122 and 123 (financial 
disclosures).

Low risk, high value
The carrying amount of the Parent 
Company’s investments, held at cost, 
represents 98.45% (2018: 99.8%) of the 
Company’s total assets.

We do not consider the recoverable amount 
of these investments to be at a high risk of 
significant misstatement, or to be subject  
to a significant level of judgement. However, 
due to their materiality in the context of the 
Parent Company financial statements as a 
whole, this is considered to be one of the 
areas which had the greatest effect on our 
overall audit strategy and allocation of 
resources in planning and completing our 
audit of the Parent Company.

Our procedures included:
•  Control operation: Tested the operating 
effectiveness of the processes and 
controls over foreign exchange hedging to 
assess whether effectiveness testing had 
been performed on a monthly basis.

•  Accounting analysis: Assessed the 

Group’s accounting policy in light of the 
adoption of IFRS 9 in the year.

•  Tests of details: Assessed the accuracy of 

management’s hedge effectiveness 
testing by agreeing the inputs to 
contracts, budgets and valuations.

•  Re-performance: Re-performed the 

calculation of hedge effectiveness for all 
foreign exchange contracts outstanding 
at the year end and re-performed the 
calculation of inventory balances at 
hedged rates versus average spot rate.

•  Historical comparisons: Considered the 
accuracy of historical forecast foreign 
currency purchases to assess the Group’s 
forecasting reliability. We also considered 
the accuracy of the testing performed in 
the prior year.

Our results: The results of our procedures 
were satisfactory and we found the fair value 
movement on derivatives recorded through 
OCI to be acceptable (2018 result: satisfactory 
and acceptable).

Our procedures included:

•  Tests of details: Compared the carrying 

amount of all of the investments with the 
respective subsidiaries’ net assets values 
to identify whether the net assets values, 
being an approximation of their 
minimum recoverable amount, were in 
excess of the carrying amount.

•  Comparing valuations: For the 

investments where the carrying amount 
exceeded the net asset value, compared 
the carrying amount of the investment 
with the expected value of the business 
based on the value in use calculation 
prepared by the Group.

•  Tests of details: Compared the carrying 

amount of investments in total against 
the market capitalisation of the Group 
at the year end.

•  Assessing subsidiary audits: Considering 

the results of the work on those 
subsidiaries’ profits and net assets.

Our results: We found the assessment of  
the recoverability of the investment in 
subsidiaries to be acceptable (2018 result: 
acceptable).

82 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Group revenue

Group profit before tax

100%

(2018: 100%)

100%

(2018: 100%)

Group total assets

non-underlying items and tax

Group profit before 

100%

(2018: 100%)

100%

(2018: 100%)

100

100

Full scope for Group 

audit purposes 2019

Full scope for Group 

audit purposes 2018

100

100

100

100

3.  OUR APPLICATION OF MATERIALITY AND AN 
OVERVIEW OF THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT

The materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole 
has been set at £3.7m (2018: £4.0m) determined by reference 
to a benchmark of Group profit before tax, normalised to 
exclude nonunderlying items, of £74.6m (2018: £80.5m),  
of which it represents 5.0% (2018: 5.0%). 

The materiality for the Parent Company financial statements 
as a whole has been set at £3.5m (2018: £3.9m) determined 
by reference to a benchmark of total assets of £321.1m  
(2018: £316.7m), of which it represents 1.1% (2018: 1.2%). 

The group team performed procedures on the items excluded 
from normalised group profit before tax.

We report to the Audit and Risk committee any corrected  
and uncorrected misstatements exceeding £50,000  
(2018: £50,000) in addition to other identified misstatements 
that warrant reporting on qualitative grounds.

Group profit before tax,
normalised to exclude 
non-underlying items
£74.6m (2018: £80.5m)

Group Materiality
£3.7m (2018: £4.0m)

£3.7m
Whole financial
statements materiality
(2018: £4.0m)

£1m
Range of materiality at 3
components (£2.5m to £3.5m)
(2018: £2.5m to £3.5m)

Group profit before tax
normalised for non-underlying
items

Group materiality

£50k
Misstatements reported to
the audit committee
(2018: £50k)  

Group revenue

Group profit before tax

Group profit before tax,
normalised to exclude 
non-underlying items
£74.6m (2018: £80.5m)

Of the Group’s 3 reporting components we subjected all 3  
to audit for group reporting purposes. These components 
covered 100% of the total Group revenue (2018: 100%), 100% 
of the Group profit before taxation (2018: 100%) and 100%  
£3.7m
of total Group assets (2018: 100%). Our procedures were 
Whole financial
statements materiality
performed by the Group audit team from the Group’s  
(2018: £4.0m)
support centre in Wakefield and at its offices in Shipley  
and Wythenshawe.

Group Materiality
£3.7m (2018: £4.0m)

£1m
Range of materiality at 3
components (£2.5m to £3.5m)
(2018: £2.5m to £3.5m)

Group profit before tax
normalised for non-underlying
items

Group materiality

£50k
Misstatements reported to
the audit committee
(2018: £50k)  

100%
(2018: 100%)

100%
(2018: 100%)

100

100

Group total assets

Group profit before 
non-underlying items and tax

100%
(2018: 100%)

100%
(2018: 100%)

100

100

100

100

Full scope for Group 
audit purposes 2019

Full scope for Group 
audit purposes 2018

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

83

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsIndependent auditor’s report to the members of Card Factory plc continued

4.  WE HAVE NOTHING TO REPORT ON GOING CONCERN

5.  WE HAVE NOTHING TO REPORT ON THE OTHER 

The Directors have prepared the financial statements on the 
going concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the 
Company or the Group or to cease their operations, and as 
they have concluded that the Company’s and the Group’s 
financial position means that this is realistic. They have also 
concluded that there are no material uncertainties that could 
have cast significant doubt over their ability to continue as a 
going concern for at least a year from the date of approval of 
the financial statements (“the going concern period”).

Our responsibility is to conclude on the appropriateness of
the Directors’ conclusions and, had there been a material
uncertainty related to going concern, to make reference to
that in this audit report. However, as we cannot predict all
future events or conditions and as subsequent events may
result in outcomes that are inconsistent with judgements
that were reasonable at the time they were made, the
absence of reference to a material uncertainty in this
auditor’s report is not a guarantee that the Group and the
Company will continue in operation.

We identified going concern as a key audit matter (see
section 2 of this report). Based on the work described in
our response to that key audit matter, we are required to
report to you if:

•  we have anything material to add or draw attention to in 
relation to the directors’ statement in note 1 to the Group 
financial statements on the use of the going concern basis 
of accounting with no material uncertainties that may 
cast significant doubt over the Group and Company’s use 
of that basis for a period of at least twelve months from 
the date of approval of the financial statements; or

• 

the related statement under the Listing Rules set out on 
page 75 is materially inconsistent with our audit 
knowledge.

We have nothing to report in these respects.

84 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

INFORMATION IN THE ANNUAL REPORT

The directors are responsible for the other information
presented in the Annual Report together with the financial
statements. Our opinion on the financial statements does
not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not 
express an audit opinion or, except as explicitly stated
below, any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in 
doing so, consider whether, based on our financial statements 
audit work, the information therein is materially misstated or 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our audit 
knowledge. Based solely on that work we have not identified 
material misstatements in the other information.

Strategic report and directors’ report
Based solely on our work on the other information:

•  we have not identified material misstatements in the 

strategic report and the directors’ report;

• 

• 

in our opinion the information given in those reports for 
the financial year is consistent with the financial 
statements; and

in our opinion those reports have been prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

Directors’ remuneration report
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006.

Disclosures of principal risks and longer-term viability
Based on the knowledge we acquired during our financial
statements audit, we have nothing material to add or draw 
attention to in relation to:

• 

• 

• 

the directors’ confirmation within the viability statement 
page 75 that they have carried out a robust assessment of 
the principal risks facing the Group, including those that 
would threaten its business model, future performance, 
solvency and liquidity;

the Principal Risks and Uncertainties disclosures 
describing these risks and explaining how they are  
being managed and mitigated; and

the directors’ explanation in the Longer Term Viability 
statement of how they have assessed the prospects of the 
Group, over what period they have done so and why they 
considered that period to be appropriate, and their 
statement as to whether they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to continue in 
operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the 
period of their assessment, including any related 
disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the of 
viability statement. We have nothing to report in this respect.

Our work is limited to assessing these matters in the context 
of only the knowledge acquired during our financial 
statements audit. As we cannot predict all future events or 
conditions and as subsequent events may result in outcomes 
that are inconsistent with judgements that were reasonable 
at the time they were made, the absence of anything to 
report on these statements is not a guarantee as to the 
Group’s and Company’s longer-term viability.

Corporate governance disclosures
We are required to report to you if:

•  we have identified material inconsistencies between the 
knowledge we acquired during our financial statements 
audit and the directors’ statement that they consider that 
the annual report and financial statements taken as a 
whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Group’s position and performance, business model and 
strategy; or

• 

the section of the annual report describing the work of the 
Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters 
communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

We are required to report to you if the Corporate Governance 
Statement does not properly disclose a departure from the 
eleven provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code 
specified by the Listing Rules for our review.

We have nothing to report in these respects.

6.  WE HAVE NOTHING TO REPORT ON THE OTHER 

MATTERS ON WHICH WE ARE REQUIRED TO REPORT 
BY EXCEPTION

Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report
to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 
parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not visited by us; or

• 

the parent Company financial statements and the part of 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not 
in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by 

law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations 

we require for our audit.

We have nothing to report in these respects.

7. RESPECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES

Directors’ responsibilities
As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 77, 
the directors are responsible for: the preparation of the 
financial statements including being satisfied that they give  
a true and fair view; such internal control as they determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements 
that are free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error; assessing the Group and parent Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as 
applicable, matters related to going concern; and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend  
to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or other
irregularities (see below), or error, and to issue our opinion
in an auditor’s report. Reasonable assurance is a high level
of assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit 
conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise 
from fraud, other irregularities or error and are considered 
material if, individually or in aggregate, they could 
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions 
of users taken on the basis of the financial statements.

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided  
on the FRC’s website at  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.

Irregularities – ability to detect
We identified areas of laws and regulations that could
reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the
financial statements from our general commercial and
sector experience and through discussion with the directors 
and other management (as required by auditing standards), 
and discussed with the directors and other management the 
policies and procedures regarding compliance with laws and 
regulations. We communicated identified laws and 
regulations throughout our team and remained alert to any 
indications of non-compliance throughout the audit.

The potential effect of these laws and regulations on the
financial statements varies considerably.

Firstly, the Group is subject to laws and regulations that
directly affect the financial statements including financial
reporting legislation (including related companies legislation), 
distributable profits legislation and taxation legislation and 
we assessed the extent of compliance with these laws and 
regulations as part of our procedures on the related financial 
statement items.

Secondly, the Group is subject to many other laws and 
regulations where the consequences of non-compliance 
could have a material effect on amounts or disclosures in the 
financial statements, for instance through the imposition of 
fines or litigation or the loss of the Group’s licence to operate. 

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

85

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsIndependent auditor’s report to the members of Card Factory plc continued

8.  THE PURPOSE OF OUR AUDIT WORK AND TO WHOM 

WE OWE OUR RESPONSIBILITIES

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a 
body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so 
that we might state to the Company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s 
report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 
to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s 
members, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for 
the opinions we have formed.

Frances Simpson (Senior Statutory Auditor) for and on behalf 
of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor 

Chartered Accountants
1 Sovereign Square Sovereign
Street Leeds
LS1 4DA

16 April 2019

Irregularities – ability to detect continued
We identified the following areas as those most likely to have 
such an effect: anti-bribery, employment law, regulatory 
capital and liquidity and certain aspects of company 
legislation recognising the financial and regulated nature of 
the Group’s activities and its legal form. Auditing standards 
limit the required audit procedures to identify non-
compliance with these laws and regulations to enquiry of the 
directors and other management and inspection of 
regulatory and legal correspondence, if any.

Through these procedures we became aware of actual or 
suspected non-compliance and considered the effect as part 
of our procedures on the related financial statement items. 
The identified actual or suspected non-compliance was not 
sufficiently significant to our audit to result in our response 
being identified as a key audit matter. We did undertake 
additional audit work in relation to this matter including 
obtaining copies of correspondence in relation to this matter 
and consulting with our specialists on this area of actual or 
suspected non-compliance.

Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an
unavoidable risk that we may not have detected some 
material misstatements in the financial statements, even 
though we have properly planned and performed our audit in 
accordance with auditing standards. For example, the further 
removed noncompliance with laws and regulations 
(irregularities) is from the events and transactions reflected in 
the financial statements, the less likely the inherently limited 
procedures required by auditing standards would identify it. 
In addition, as with any audit, there remained a higher risk of 
non-detection of irregularities, as these may involve collusion, 
forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the 
override of internal controls. We are not responsible for 
preventing non-compliance and cannot be expected to 
detect non-compliance with all laws and regulations.

86 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Consolidated income statement
For the year ended 31 January 2019

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit/(loss)

Operating expenses

Operating profit/(loss)

Finance income
Finance expense

Net finance expense

Profit/(loss) before tax

Taxation

2019

Non-
underlying 
(note 3)
£'m

Note

Underlying
£'m

436.0
(312.5)

123.5

(45.0)

78.5

–
(3.9)

(3.9)

–
4.2

4.2

(11.9)

(7.7)

–
(0.3)

(0.3)

3,4

7
7

Total
£'m

Underlying
£'m

436.0
(308.3)

127.7

422.1
(297.0)

125.1

(56.9)

70.8

–
(4.2)

(4.2)

(41.7)

83.4

0.1
(3.0)

(2.9)

2018

Non-
underlying 
(note 3)
£'m

–
(7.6)

(7.6)

(0.3)

(7.9)

–
–

–

Total
£'m

422.1
(304.6)

117.5

(42.0)

75.5

0.1
(3.0)

(2.9)

74.6

(8.0)

66.6

80.5

(7.9)

72.6

8

(14.5)

(0.7)

(15.2)

(15.8)

1.5

(14.3)

Profit/(loss) for the year

60.1

(8.7)

51.4

64.7

(6.4)

58.3

 Earnings per share
 – Basic and diluted

pence
17.6

10

pence
15.0

pence
18.9

pence 
17.1

All activities relate to continuing operations.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

87

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsConsolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 January 2019

Profit for the year

Items that are or may be recycled subsequently into profit or loss: 
Cash flow hedges – changes in fair value
Cash flow hedges – reclassified to profit or loss
Cost of hedging reserve – changes in fair value
Cost of hedging reserve – reclassified to profit or loss
Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income (note 13)

Other comprehensive expense for the period, net of income tax 

2019
£'m

2018
£'m

51.4

58.3

6.5 
–
1.4 
(0.2)
(1.4)

6.3

(7.2)
(1.5)
–
–
1.7

(7.0)

Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to equity shareholders of the parent

57.7

51.3

88 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Consolidated statement of financial position
As at 31 January 2019

Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax assets
Other receivables
Derivative financial instruments

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Derivative financial instruments
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Current liabilities
Borrowings
Trade and other payables
Tax payable
Derivative financial instruments

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Trade and other payables
Derivative financial instruments

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Share premium
Hedging reserve
Cost of hedging reserve
Reverse acquisition reserve
Merger reserve 
Retained earnings

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

2019 

Note

£'m

2018
(restated 
– note 29)
£'m

11
12
13
15
24

14
15
24
16

17
18

24

17
18
24

19
19

320.2
40.4
0.8
0.7
0.1

362.2

68.6
17.8
2.3
3.8

92.5

331.6
40.0
1.9
0.8
0.2

374.5

51.5
16.6
0.3
3.6

72.0

454.7

446.5

(0.1)
(64.3)
(7.7)
(0.2)

(72.3)

(143.7)
(9.8)
(1.1)

(14.9)
(37.7)
(5.5)
(7.0)

(65.1)

(149.6)
(10.0)
(3.4)

(154.6)

(163.0)

(226.9)

(228.1)

227.8

218.4

3.4
202.2
0.9
0.4
(0.5)
2.7
18.7

227.8

3.4
202.2
(5.0)
(0.3)
(0.5)
2.7
15.9

218.4

The financial statements on pages 87 to 116 were approved by the Board of Directors on 15 April 2019 and were signed on its  
behalf by:

Kris Lee
Chief Financial Officer

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

89

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancials 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 January 2019

Share 
capital
£'m

Share 
premium
£'m

Hedging 
reserve
£'m

Cost of 
hedging 
reserve
£'m

Reverse 
acquisition 
reserve
£'m

Merger 
reserve
£'m

Retained 
earnings 
£'m

At 1 February 2017 (as previously stated)
Adjustment (see note 29)

At 1 February 2017 (restated)

Total comprehensive income for the period
Profit or loss
Other comprehensive expense

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Issue of shares (note 19)
Share-based payment charges (note 25)
Dividends (note 9)

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

At 31 January 2018 (restated – see note 29)
Opening balance adjustment (see note 29)

Balance at 1 February 2018

Total comprehensive income for the period
Profit or loss
Other comprehensive expense

Hedging gains and losses and costs of hedging 
transferred to the cost of inventory

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Share-based payment charges (note 25)
Dividends (note 9)

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

3.4
–

3.4

201.9
–

201.9

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

0.3
–
–

0.3

3.4
–

3.4

202.2
–

202.2

–
–

–

–

–
– 

– 

–
–

–

–

–
– 

– 

2.0
–

2.0

–
(7.0)

(7.0)

–
–
–

–

(5.0)
0.6

(4.4)

–
5.3

5.3

–

–
– 

–

–
(0.3)

(0.3)

(0.5)
–

(0.5)

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

(0.3)
0.2

(0.1)

–
1.0

1.0

(0.5)

–
– 

–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

(0.5)
–

(0.5)

–
–

–

–

–
– 

–

2.7
–

2.7

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

2.7
–

2.7

–
–

–

–

–
– 

–

Total 
equity 
£'m

249.5
–

249.5

58.3
(7.0)

51.3

0.3
(0.1)
(82.6)

(82.4)

218.4
0.5

218.9

51.4
6.3

57.7

40.0
0.3

40.3

58.3
–

58.3

–
(0.1)
(82.6)

(82.7)

15.9
(0.3)

15.6

51.4
–

51.4

–

(0.5)

0.6
(48.9)

(48.3)

0.6 
(48.9)

(48.3)

At 31 January 2019

3.4 

202.2 

0.9

0.4

(0.5)

2.7

18.7

227.8

90 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Consolidated cash flow statement 
For the year ended 31 January 2019

Cash inflow from operating activities
Corporation tax paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of intangible assets
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Interest received

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from bank borrowings
Interest paid
Repayment of bank borrowings
Proceeds from new shares issued
Dividends paid

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Closing cash and cash equivalents

Note

20

12
11

9

16

2019
£'m

99.1
(13.4)

85.7

(10.4)
(1.7)
0.2
–

(11.9)

–
(3.4)
(6.4)
–
(48.9)

(58.7)

15.1
(11.3)

3.8

2018
£'m

89.7
(17.0)

72.7

(10.6)
(2.5)
–
0.1

(13.0)

20.0
(2.7)
–
0.3
(82.9)

(65.3)

(5.6)
(5.7)

(11.3)

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

91

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsNotes to the financial statements

1 ACCOUNTING POLICIES

General information
Card Factory plc (‘the Company’) is a public limited company incorporated in the United Kingdom. The Company is domiciled in 
the United Kingdom and its registered office is Century House, Brunel Road, 41 Industrial Estate, Wakefield WF2 0XG.

The Group financial statements consolidate those of the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the ‘Group’).

Basis of preparation
The Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted 
by the EU (‘EU IFRS’) and with those parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under EU IFRS.

This is the first set of the Group’s annual financial statements in which IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers and IFRS 9 
Financial Instruments have been applied. The significant accounting policies described below reflect the policies in accordance with 
the new standards.

The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis under the historical cost convention, as modified for the 
subsequent measurement of derivative financial instruments.

Significant judgements and estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with EU IFRS requires the use of judgements, estimates and assumptions 
that affect the application of the Group’s accounting policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. 
Actual results may differ from these estimates. Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions 
to estimates are recognised prospectively.

No significant judgements have been made in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, other than those involving 
estimations, that could have a material effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements. The sources of estimation 
uncertainty are detailed below:

Inventories
The Group holds significant volumes, and a broad range of inventory. Certain of the Group’s inventory procedures are manual in 
nature. The Group provides against the carrying value of inventories where it is anticipated the amount realised may be below the 
cost recognised. The provision estimate is calculated based on historical experience.

Foreign currency hedge accounting
Where appropriate, hedge accounting is adopted by the Group. Due to the degree of judgement in determining forecast cash 
flows there is a risk that the assumptions made in the effectiveness testing are inappropriate.

Other estimates – Goodwill impairment testing
During the period goodwill attributable to the Getting Personal cash generating unit (‘CGU’) has been impaired (see note 11). The 
recoverable amount of the CGU is based on management expectations of future performance.

Going concern
Taking into account current and anticipated trading performance, current and anticipated levels of borrowings and the availability 
of borrowing facilities and exposures to and management of the financial risks detailed in the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 37, 
the Board is of the opinion that, at the time of approval of these financial statements, there is a reasonable expectation that the 
Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for at least 12 months from the date of issue of these financial 
statements. Accordingly, the financial statements continue to be prepared on a going concern basis.

The financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are described in the Chief Financial 
Officer’s Review on pages 20 to 23. In addition, notes 23 and 24 to the financial statements include the Company’s objectives, 
policies and processes for managing its capital; its financial risk management objectives; details of its financial instruments and 
hedging activities; and its exposures to credit risk and liquidity risk. The Chief Financial Officer’s Review on pages 20 to 23 provides 
further detail on the Board’s current view on capital policy.

Principal accounting policies
The principal accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these consolidated 
financial statements except to the extent applied from transition to IFRS 9. The impact on the financial statements on adoption of 
IFRS 9 is detailed in note 29.

92 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

EU Endorsed International Financial Reporting Standards effective in the year
• 
•  Applying IFRS 9 Financial Instruments with IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts (Amendments to IFRS 4)
• 
•  Clarifications to IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers
•  Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions (Amendments to IFRS 2)
•  Transfers of Investment Property (Amendments to IAS 40)
•  Annual Improvements to IFRS 2014-2016 Cycle (Amendments to IFRS 1)
•  Annual Improvements to IFRS 2014-2016 Cycle (Amendments to IAS 28)
• 

IFRIC 22 Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration

IFRS 15 introduces principles to recognise revenue by allocation of the transaction price to performance obligations and is effective 
for accounting periods commencing on or after 1 January 2018. Group revenue is attributable to the retail sale of cards, dressings 
and gifts. Revenue is subject to a single performance obligation fulfilled by receipt of goods at the point of payment with minimal 
returns and refunds. Adoption of the measurement and recognition principles under IFRS 15 has no impact on the values reported 
in these consolidated financial statements.

There is no impact on the values reported in these consolidated financial statements from adoption of the other amendments to 
International Financial Reporting Standards effective in the current period.

IFRS 16 Leases

EU Endorsed International Financial Reporting Standards in issue but not yet effective
• 
•  Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation (Amendments to IFRS 9)
• 
•  Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures (Amendments to IAS 28)
•  Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement (Amendments to IAS 19)
•  Annual Improvements 2015-2017 Cycle

IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments

IFRS 16 Leases (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019). IFRS 16 will replace IAS 17 and related 
interpretations and requires entities to apply a single lessee accounting model, with lessees recognising right-of-use-assets and 
lease liabilities on balance sheet for all applicable leases. In addition, the nature of expenses related to those leases will change 
because IFRS 16 replaces the straight-line operating lease expense with a depreciation charge for the right-of-use assets and an 
interest expense relating to lease liabilities. The anticipated impact on the financial statements on adoption of IFRS 16 is detailed 
in note 30.

New and revised International Financial Reporting Standards or interpretations effective for future periods that are 
currently awaiting EU endorsement
The future impact on the financial statements of new standards and amendments awaiting EU endorsement is currently being 
assessed but is not expected to have a significant impact on the financial statements.

Basis of consolidation
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable 
returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to direct the activities that affect those returns through its power 
over the entity. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on 
which control commences until the date on which control ceases. Intercompany transactions and balances between Group 
companies are eliminated upon consolidation.

Business combinations
Subject to the transitional relief in IFRS 1, all business combinations are accounted for by applying the acquisition method. 
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method as at the acquisition date, which is the date on which 
control is transferred to the Group.

The Group measures goodwill at the acquisition date as the fair value of the consideration transferred less the fair value of 
identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Any contingent consideration payable is recognised at fair value at the 
acquisition date. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognised in profit or loss. Costs 
related to the acquisition are expensed to the income statement as incurred.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

93

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsNotes to the financial statements continued

1 ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

Acquisitions prior to 1 February 2011 (date of transition to IFRS)
IFRS 1 grants certain exemptions from the full requirements of IFRS in the transition period. The Group and Company elected not 
to restate business combinations that took place prior to 1 February 2011. In respect of acquisitions prior to the transition date, 
goodwill is included at 1 February 2011 on the basis of its deemed cost at that date, which represents the amount recorded under 
UK GAAP.

Revenue
Group revenue is attributable to the retail sale of cards, dressings and gifts. Revenue is subject to a single performance obligation 
fulfilled by receipt of goods at the point of payment with minimal returns and refunds. Adoption of the measurement and 
recognition principles under IFRS 15 has no impact on the values reported in these consolidated financial statements.

Finance income and expense
Finance expense comprises interest charges and losses on interest rate derivative financial instruments. Borrowing costs that are 
directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset that takes a substantial time to be prepared for use, 
are capitalised as part of the cost of that asset.

Finance income comprises interest income and gains on interest rate derivative financial instruments.

Interest income and interest expense are recognised in profit or loss as it accrues, using the effective interest method. The effective 
interest method takes into account fees, commissions or other incremental transaction costs integral to the yield.

Foreign currencies
Functional and presentation currency
The consolidated financial statements are presented in pound Sterling, which is the functional currency of the Company.

Foreign operations
The Group has one foreign subsidiary with a Euro functional currency. The activities of foreign operations are not material to the 
Group. On consolidation, assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into Sterling at year-end exchange rates. The 
results of foreign operations are translated into Sterling at average rates of exchange for the year.

Transactions and balances
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the exchange rate on the transaction date. All currency transactions that are 
not in the functional currency of the trading entity relate to inventory purchases. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from 
the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income statement within cost of sales, except when deferred in other 
comprehensive income as qualifying cash flow hedges. Foreign currency gains and losses are reported on a net basis.

Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement except to the 
extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity or through other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised in 
equity or other comprehensive income respectively.

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting 
purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary differences are not provided for: the initial 
recognition of goodwill; the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit other than in a 
business combination, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the 
foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the 
carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the 
temporary difference can be utilised.

94 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Underlying profit and earnings
The Group has chosen to present an underlying profit and earnings measure. Transactions are categorised as non-underlying if the 
resulting underlying profit and earnings information provides a more meaningful comparison of performance year-on-year. 
Underlying earnings is not a recognised profit measure under EU IFRS and may not be directly comparable with ‘adjusted’ profit 
measures reported by other companies. The reported non-underlying adjustments are as follows:

Net fair value remeasurement gains and losses on derivative financial instruments
The Group utilises foreign currency derivative contracts to manage the foreign exchange risk on US Dollar denominated purchases 
and interest rate derivative contracts to manage the risk on floating interest rate bank borrowings. Fair value gains and losses on 
such instruments are recognised in the income statement to the extent they are not hedge accounted under IFRS 9. Such gains 
and losses relate to future cash flows. In accordance with the commercial reasoning for entering into the agreements, these gains/
losses are deemed not representative of the underlying financial performance in the year and presented as non-underlying items. 
Any gains or losses on maturity of such instruments are presented within underlying profit to the extent the gain or loss is not 
recognised in the hedging reserve or cost of hedging reserve.

Impairment of goodwill
During the period goodwill attributable to the Getting Personal cash generating unit (‘CGU’) has been impaired (see note 11). The 
impairment is a non-cash charge to the income statement reflecting a reduction in future performance expectations of Getting 
Personal and is presented as a non-underlying item in the year.

Refinanced debt issue cost amortisation
Debt issue costs totalling £0.3 million were expensed to the income statement in the year on completion of an extended borrowing 
facility effective 31 October 2018. This expense relates to costs that were not yet amortised in relation to the refinanced facility and 
is presented as a non-underlying item.

Other non-underlying operating expenses
In January 2017, Card Factory plc announced the succession of the CFO. Costs attributable to recruitment and dual remuneration 
costs during the handover periods were presented as non-underlying items in prior periods.

Dividends
Dividends are recognised as a liability in the period in which they are approved.

Financial instruments
Non-derivative financial assets
Non-derivative financial assets comprise trade and other receivables and cash and cash equivalents. The Group classifies all its 
non-derivative financial assets as financial assets at amortised cost. Financial assets at amortised cost are initially measured at 
fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs, except for trade and other receivables without a significant financing 
component that are initially measured at transaction price. Subsequent to initial recognition non-derivative financial assets are 
carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method, subject to impairment.

At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether financial assets carried at amortised cost are credit-impaired. A financial 
asset is ‘credit-impaired’ when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the 
financial asset have occurred. The Group measures loss allowances at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit loss.

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, at bank and on short-term deposit for less than three months. Bank overdrafts, 
within borrowings, that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s cash management are included as a 
component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the cash flow statement.

Non-derivative financial liabilities
Non-derivative financial liabilities comprise bank borrowings and trade and other payables. Non-derivative financial liabilities are 
initially recognised at fair value, less any directly attributable transaction costs and subsequently stated at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method.

Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments are mandatorily categorised as fair value through profit or loss (‘FVTPL’) except to the extent they 
are part of a designated hedging relationship and classified as cash flow hedging instruments.

The Group utilises foreign currency derivative contracts and US Dollar denominated cash balances to manage the foreign 
exchange risk on US Dollar denominated purchases and interest rate derivative contracts to manage the risk on floating interest 
rate bank borrowings.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

95

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsNotes to the financial statements continued

1 ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

Derivative financial instruments not designated as an effective hedging relationships principally relate to structured foreign 
exchange options that form part of the foreign exchange risk management policy detailed in note 23 of the financial statements. 
Gains and losses in respect of foreign exchange and interest rate derivative financial instruments that are not part of an effective 
hedging relationship are recognised within cost of sales and net finance expense.

Cash flow hedges
When a derivative is designated as a cash flow hedging instrument, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the 
derivative is recognised in other comprehensive income (‘OCI’) and accumulated in the hedging reserve. The effective portion of 
changes in the fair value of the derivative that is recognised in OCI is limited to the cumulative change in fair value of the hedged 
item, determined on a present value basis, from inception of the hedge. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the 
derivative is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

The Group designates only the change in fair value of the spot element of forward exchange contracts as the hedging instrument 
in cash flow hedging relationships. The change in fair value of the forward element of forward exchange contracts (‘forward 
points’) is separately accounted for as a cost of hedging and recognised in a costs of hedging reserve within equity.

When foreign exchange hedged forecast transactions subsequently result in the recognition of inventory, the amount accumulated 
in the hedging reserve and the cost of hedging reserve is included directly in the initial cost of the inventory.

For interest rate hedges, the Group designates only the change in the fair value of the intrinsic element of a derivative as the 
hedging instrument in cash flow hedging relationships. The Group has elected to separately account for the time value as a cost of 
hedging. Consequently, changes in time value are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a cost of 
hedging reserve as a separate component within equity. Amounts accumulated in the hedging reserve and the cost of hedging 
reserve are reclassified to profit or loss in the same period or periods during which the hedged interest cash flows affect profit 
or loss.

For interest hedged forecast transactions, the amount accumulated in the hedging reserve and the cost of hedging reserve is 
reclassified to profit or loss in the same period or periods during which the hedged interest cash flows affect profit or loss.

If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting or the hedging instrument is sold, expires, is terminated or is 
exercised, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. When hedge accounting for cash flow hedges is discontinued, the 
amount that has been accumulated in the hedging reserve remains in equity until it is included in the cost of inventory on its initial 
recognition or, for interest cash flow hedges, it is reclassified to profit or loss in the same period or periods as the hedged interest 
future cash flows affect profit or loss.

If the hedged future cash flows are no longer expected to occur, then the amounts that have been accumulated in the hedging 
reserve and the cost of hedging reserve are immediately reclassified to profit or loss.

Fair value estimation
The techniques applied in determining the fair values of financial assets and liabilities are disclosed in note 24.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.

leasehold improvements 

Depreciation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives as follows:
•  buildings 
• 
•  plant and equipment 
•  fixtures and fittings 
•  motor vehicles  

25 – 50 years
shorter of 5 years and lease term
3 – 10 years
5 years
4 years

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each balance sheet date.

96 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
Intangible assets and goodwill 
Goodwill
Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units and is not 
amortised but is tested annually for impairment. 

Software
Computer software is carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and any provision for impairment. Costs relating to 
development of computer software are capitalised if the recognition criteria of IAS38 ‘Intangible Assets’ are met or expensed as 
incurred otherwise.

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and less accumulated 
impairment losses. Expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands is recognised in the income statement as an expense 
as incurred.

Amortisation
Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets unless 
such lives are indefinite. Intangible assets with an indefinite useful life and goodwill are systematically tested for impairment at 
each balance sheet date. Other intangible assets are amortised from the date they are available for use. The estimated useful life 
of software is 3–5 years.

Impairment of non-financial assets
The carrying values of non-financial assets are reviewed for impairment where there is an indication of impairment. If an 
impairment loss arises, the asset value is adjusted to its estimated recoverable amount and the impairment loss is recognised in 
the income statement. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at the balance sheet date and whenever an indication of impairment is 
identified.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is based on the first-in first-out principle and includes 
expenditure incurred in acquiring the inventories, production costs and other costs in bringing them to their existing location and 
condition. In the case of manufactured inventories and work in progress, cost includes an appropriate share of overheads based on 
normal operating capacity.

Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a 
deduction from the proceeds.

Merger reserve
On 30 April 2014 Card Factory plc acquired 100% of the share capital of CF Topco Limited in a share for share exchange, thereby 
inserting Card Factory plc as the Parent Company of the Group. The shareholders of CF Topco Limited became 100% owners of 
the enlarged share capital of Card Factory plc. The premium arising on the issue of shares is recognised in the merger reserve.

Share-based payments
The Company issues equity-settled share-based payments to employees through the Card Factory Long Term Incentive Plan 
(‘LTIP’) and the Card Factory SAYE Scheme (‘SAYE’), see note 25 for further details. The cost of equity-settled share awards is 
measured as the fair value of the award at the grant date using the Black-Scholes model.

The cost of the awards is expensed to the income statement, together with a corresponding adjustment to equity, on a straight-line 
basis over the vesting period of the award. The total income statement charge is based on the Group’s estimate of the number of 
share awards that will eventually vest in accordance with the vesting conditions. The awards do not include market-based vesting 
conditions. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of awards that are expected to vest. Any 
revision to estimates is recognised in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

Operating leases
Payments made under operating leases are recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. 
Lease incentives are recognised in the income statement over the term of the lease as an integral part of the total lease expense.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

97

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsNotes to the financial statements continued

2 SEGMENTAL REPORTING

The Group has two operating segments trading under the names Card Factory and Getting Personal. Card Factory retails greeting 
cards, dressing and gifts principally through an extensive UK store network. Getting Personal is an online retailer of personalised 
cards and gifts. Getting Personal does not meet the quantitative thresholds of a reportable segment as defined in IFRS 8. 
Consequently the results of the Group are aggregated and presented as a single reportable segment.

Group revenue is almost entirely derived from retail customers. Average transaction value is low and products are transferred at 
the point of sale. Group revenue is presented as a single category subject to substantially the same economic factors that impact 
the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows. Revenue from non-retail customers and revenue from 
outside the UK are both less than 1% of Group Revenue.

3 NON-UNDERLYING ITEMS

Cost of sales
Profit/(loss) on foreign currency derivative financial instruments not designated as a hedge (note 24)

Operating expenses
Impairment of goodwill (note 11)
Other non-underlying operating expenses

Net finance expense
Refinanced debt issue cost amortisation (note 7)

Further details of the non-underlying items are included in the principal accounting policies (note 1).

4 OPERATING PROFIT

Operating profit is stated after charging/(crediting) the following items:

Staff costs (note 6)
Depreciation expense (note 12)
 – owned fixed assets
Amortisation expense (note 11)
Operating lease rentals:
 – land and buildings
 – plant, equipment and vehicles
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
Foreign exchange (gain)/loss
Impairment of goodwill

Non-underlying items included in the above are detailed in note 3.

The total fees payable by the Group to KPMG LLP and their associates during the period were as follows:

Audit of the consolidated and Company financial statements
Amounts receivable by the Company’s auditor and its associates in respect of:
Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries of the Company 
Other services closely related to the audit 
Other assurance services

Total fees

2019
£'m

2018
£'m

4.2

(7.6)

(11.9)
–

(11.9)

(0.3)

2019
£'m

114.1

9.7
1.2

42.6
0.7
0.1 
(5.7)
11.9

2019
£'000

23

104
7
–

134

–
(0.3)

(0.3)

–

2018
£'m

106.2

9.5
1.1

40.4
0.6
0.2
3.3 
–

2018
£'000

18

89
7
4

118

98 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

5 UNDERLYING EBITDA

Underlying earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (‘Underlying EBITDA’) represents underlying profit for the 
period before net finance expense, taxation, depreciation and amortisation.

Underlying operating profit
Depreciation and amortisation

Underlying EBITDA

2019
£'m

78.5
10.9

89.4

2018
£'m

83.4
10.6

94.0

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (‘EBITDA’) represents profit for the period before net finance expense, 
taxation, depreciation, amortisation and impairment of goodwill.

Operating profit
Depreciation and amortisation
Impairment of goodwill

EBITDA

6 STAFF NUMBERS AND COSTS

2019
£'m

70.8
10.9
11.9

93.6

2018
£'m

75.5
10.6
–

86.1

The average number of people employed by the Group (including Directors) during the year, analysed by category, was as follows:

Management and administration
Operations 

The aggregate payroll costs of all employees including Directors were as follows:

Employee wages and salaries
Equity-settled share-based payment expense
Social security costs
Defined contribution pension costs

Total employee costs
Agency labour costs

Total staff costs

2019
Number

2018
Number

416
9,568

9,984

393
9,543

9,936

2019
£'m

2018
£'m

102.8
0.6
6.3
0.8

110.5
3.6

114.1

96.2
(0.1)
5.8
0.4

102.3
3.9

106.2

Key management personnel
The key management personnel of the Group comprise the Card Factory plc Board of Directors, the Executive Board and the 
Operating Board. Key management personnel compensation is as follows:

Salaries and short-term benefits
Equity-settled share-based payment expense
Social security costs
Defined contribution pension costs

2019
£'m

3.4
0.4
0.4
0.1

4.3

2018
£'m

2.3
(0.4)
0.3
0.1

2.3

Further details of Director’s remuneration are disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 56 to 70.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

99

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsNotes to the financial statements continued

7 FINANCE INCOME AND EXPENSE

Finance income
Bank interest received

Finance expense 
Interest on bank loans and overdrafts
Amortisation of loan issue costs
Loss on interest rate derivative contracts

Net finance expense

2019
£'m

2018
£'m

–

(0.1)

3.5
0.5
0.2

4.2

4.2

2.6
0.2
0.2

3.0

2.9

Amortisation of loan issue costs include £0.3 million (2018: £nil) in relation to previous loan facilities, expensed to the income 
statement on completion of an extended facility and presented as non-underlying, see note 3.

8 TAXATION

Recognised in the income statement

Current tax expense
Current year
Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Deferred tax (credit)/charge
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Total income tax expense

2019
£'m

2018
£'m

15.7
(0.1)

15.6

(0.4)
–

(0.4)

15.2

13.9
–

13.9

0.5
(0.1)

0.4

14.3

The effective tax rate of 22.8% (2018: 19.7%) is higher than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK principally in respect of 
non-deductible impairments. The tax charge is reconciled to the standard rate of UK corporation tax as follows:

Profit before tax

Tax at the standard UK corporation tax rate of 19.0% (2018: 19.2%)
Tax effects of:
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Total income tax expense

2019
£'m

2018
£'m

66.6

72.6

12.7

2.6
(0.1)

15.2

13.9

0.5
(0.1)

14.3

100 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9 DIVIDENDS

The Board is recommending a final dividend in respect of the financial year ended 31 January 2019 of 6.4 pence per share  
(2018: 6.4 pence per share), resulting in a total final dividend of £21.9 million (2018: £21.9 million). The dividend will, subject to 
shareholders’ approval at the Annual General Meeting on 5 June 2019, be paid on 18 June 2019 to shareholders on the register  
at the close of business on 10 May 2019. No liability is recorded in the financial statements in respect of this final dividend as it  
was not approved at the balance sheet date.

Dividends paid in the year:

Pence per share

Special dividend for the year ended 31 January 2019
Interim dividend for the year ended 31 January 2019
Final dividend for the year ended 31 January 2018
Special dividend for the year ended 31 January 2018
Interim dividend for the year ended 31 January 2018
Final dividend for the year ended 31 January 2017

Total dividends paid to shareholders in the year

Dividend equivalents paid under long-term incentive schemes

Total dividends per the cash flow statement

5.0p
2.9p
6.4p
15.0p
2.9p
6.3p

2019
£'m

17.1
9.9
21.9

48.9

–

48.9

2018
£'m

51.2
9.9
21.5

82.6

0.3

82.9

Dividend equivalents totalling £0.1 million (2018: £nil) were accrued in the year in relation to share-based long-term incentive 
schemes.

10 EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit for the period attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares in issue during the period.

Diluted earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of shares in issue for the period, adjusted for the dilutive 
effect of potential ordinary shares. Potential ordinary shares represent employee share incentive awards and save as you earn 
share options.

The Group has chosen to present an alternative earnings per share measure, with profit adjusted for non-underlying items to 
reflect the Group’s underlying profit for the year. Underlying earnings is not a recognised profit measure under IFRS and may not 
be directly comparable with ‘adjusted’ profit measures used by other companies.

Weighted average number of shares in issue
Weighted average number of dilutive share options 

Weighted average number of shares for diluted earnings per share

Profit for the financial period
Non-underlying items 

Total underlying profit for underlying earnings per share

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
Underlying basic earnings per share
Underlying diluted earnings per share

2019
(Number)

2018
(Number)

341,527,355 341,260,105
37,572

–

341,527,355

341,297,677

£'m

£'m

51.4
8.7

60.1

58.3
6.4

64.7

pence

pence 

15.0
15.0
17.6
17.6

17.1
17.1
18.9
18.9

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

101

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsNotes to the financial statements continued

11 INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Cost
At 1 February 2018
Additions

At 31 January 2019

Amortisation/Impairment
At 1 February 2018
Amortisation in the period
Impairment in the period

At 31 January 2019

Net book value
At 31 January 2019

At 31 January 2018

Cost

At 1 February 2017
Additions

At 31 January 2018

Amortisation

At 1 February 2017
Provided in the period

At 31 January 2018

Net book value

At 31 January 2018

At 31 January 2017

Impairment testing
For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill has been allocated to the Group’s CGUs as follows:

Card Factory
Getting Personal

Goodwill
£'m

Software
£'m

Total 
£'m

328.2
– 

328.2

– 
– 
11.9 

11.9 

8.9
1.7

10.6

5.5
1.2
– 

6.7

337.1
1.7

338.8

5.5
1.2
11.9 

18.6

316.3

3.9

320.2

328.2

3.4

331.6

Goodwill
£'m

Software 
£'m

Total 
£'m

328.2
–

328.2

–
–

–

6.4
2.5

8.9

4.4
1.1

5.5

334.6
 2.5

337.1

4.4
1.1

5.5

328.2

3.4

331.6

328.2

2.0

330.2

2019
£’m

313.8
2.5

2018
£’m

313.8
14.4

The recoverable amounts have been determined based on value-in-use calculations. Value-in-use calculations are based on five 
year management forecasts and operating cash flows with a 2% (2018: 2%) terminal growth rate applied thereafter, representing 
management’s estimate of the long-term growth rate of the sector. Forecasts do not include new or additional revenue streams 
such as new stores, to reflect the value-in-use of the existing business.

The key assumptions used to forecast operating cash flows include: sales growth, based on historic performance and latest 
forecasts; product mix; foreign exchange rates, based on hedges in place and market forecasts for unhedged items; and the 
Group’s current expectations in relation to efficiency initiatives. The values assigned to each of these assumptions were 
determined based on historical performance of the CGU and expected future trends.

The forecast cash flows are discounted at a pre-tax discount rate of 10.5% (2018: 10.0%) for Card Factory and 11.9% (2018: 10.0%) 
for Getting Personal. 

102 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Card Factory
No impairment loss was identified in respect of the Card Factory CGU (2018: £nil). The valuations indicate sufficient headroom 
such that a reasonably possible change to key assumptions would not result in an impairment of the related goodwill. 

Getting Personal
Following deteriorating performance, a reduction in management expectations of future performance for the Getting Personal 
CGU gave rise to an £11.9 million impairment (2018: £nil). The sensitivity of the Getting Personal valuation to terminal growth rates 
and discount rates is shown below:

Valuation 
assumption

100bps 
increase
£’m

100bps 
decrease
£’m

Terminal growth rate
Pre-tax discount rate

12 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Cost
At 1 February 2018
Additions
Disposals

At 31 January 2019

Depreciation
At 1 February 2018
Provided in the period
Disposals

At 31 January 2019

Net book value

At 31 January 2019

At 31 January 2018

Cost
At 1 February 2017
Additions
Disposals

At 31 January 2018

Depreciation
At 1 February 2017
Provided in the period
Disposals

At 31 January 2018

Net book value

At 31 January 2018

At 31 January 2017

2.0%
11.9%

0.3
(0.3)

(0.2)
0.4

Freehold 
property
£'m

Leasehold 
improvements
£'m

Plant, 
equipment, 
fixtures & 
vehicles
£'m

17.4
0.1
– 

17.5

2.7
0.4
– 

3.1

35.8
2.9
(0.6)

38.1

26.4
3.4
(0.5)

29.3

52.6
7.4
(0.8)

59.2

36.7
5.9
(0.6)

42.0

Total 
£'m

105.8
10.4
(1.4)

114.8

65.8
9.7
(1.1)

74.4

14.4

8.8

17.2

40.4

14.7

9.4

15.9

40.0

Freehold 
property
£'m

Leasehold 
improvements 
£'m

Plant, 
equipment, 
fixtures & 
vehicles
£'m

47.1
6.6
(1.1)

Total
£'m

96.6
10.6
(1.4)

52.6

105.8

31.9
5.8
(1.0)

36.7

57.5
9.5
(1.2)

65.8

32.1
4.0
(0.3)

35.8

23.3
3.3
(0.2)

26.4

9.4

15.9

40.0

8.8

15.2

39.1

17.4
–
–

17.4

2.3
0.4
–

2.7

14.7

15.1

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

103

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsNotes to the financial statements continued

13 DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Movement in deferred tax during the year:

Derivative 
financial 
instruments 
and hedge 
accounting
£'m

Fixed 
assets
£'m

Share-based 
payments
£'m

Leases
£'m

Other timing 
differences
£'m

Total
£'m

At 1 February 2017

0.2

0.4 

(0.5)

Charge to income statement
Credit to other comprehensive income

At 31 January 2018
Opening balance adjustment (note 29)

At 1 February 2018

Credit to income statement
Charge to other comprehensive income

At 31 January 2019

– 
–

0.2
–

0.2

0.2
–

0.4

(0.3)
–

0.1 
–

0.1 

–
–

0.1

–
1.7

1.2
(0.1)

1.1

–
(1.4)

(0.3)

0.2

–
–

0.2
–

0.2

–
–

0.2

0.3 

0.6

(0.1)
–

0.2 
–

0.2 

0.2
–

0.4

(0.4)
1.7

1.9
(0.1)

1.8

0.4
(1.4)

0.8

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset to the extent they are levied by the same tax authority and the Group has a legally 
enforceable right to make or receive a single payment. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset as follows:

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax asset

2019
£'m

0.8
–

0.8

2018
£'m

1.9
–

1.9

A reduction in the corporation tax rate to 17% from 1 April 2020 was substantively enacted on 6 September 2016. Deferred tax 
assets in respect of timing differences are expected to be recoverable against future taxable profits and are recognised according 
to the rate when the timing differences are expected to reverse.

14 INVENTORIES

Finished goods
Work in progress

2019
£'m

67.9
0.7

68.6

2018
£'m

50.9
0.6

51.5

The cost of inventories recognised as an expense and charged to cost of sales in the year was £127.8 million (2018: £126.1 million).

15 TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Current
Trade receivables
Other receivables
Prepaid property costs
Other prepayments and accrued income

Non-current
Prepaid property costs

104 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

2019
£'m

2018
£'m

0.3
0.6
13.8
3.1

17.8

0.2
0.9
12.8
2.7

16.6

0.7

0.8

 
Group revenue is principally attributable to the retail sale of cards, dressings and gifts. Revenue is subject to a single performance 
obligation fulfilled by receipt of goods at the point of payment with minimal returns and refunds. Trade receivables are attributable to 
non-retail sales which currently represent less than 1% of group revenue. The value of trade receivables is such that no significant 
impairment loss has been recorded.

Non-current prepaid property costs relate to lease premiums and fees released to the income statement over the period of the lease.

Other receivables include £0.2 million (2018: £0.4 million) US Dollar denominated deposits paid on inventory purchases.

16 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash at bank and in hand
Unsecured bank overdraft (note 17)

Net cash and cash equivalents

The Group’s cash and cash equivalents are denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling
Euro
US dollar

17 BORROWINGS

Current liabilities
Unsecured bank loans and accrued interest
Unsecured bank overdraft

Non-current liabilities
Unsecured bank loans

Bank loans
Bank borrowings are summarised as follows:

2019
£'m

3.8
– 

3.8

2019
£'m

2.8
0.3
0.7

3.8

2019
£'m

0.1 
–

0.1 

2018
£'m

3.6
(14.9)

(11.3)

2018
£'m

(18.2)
0.3 
6.6 

(11.3)

2018
£'m

– 
14.9

14.9

143.7

149.6

Liability
£’m

Interest rate
%

Interest margin  
ratchet range

% Repayment terms

31 January 2019
Unsecured bank loan
Accrued interest
Debt issue costs

31 January 2018
Unsecured bank loan
Accrued interest
Debt issue costs

145.0
0.1
(1.3)

143.8

150.0
–
(0.4)

149.6

1.40 + LIBOR

1.00 – 2.50 £200m RCF

The facility terminates on 31 October 2023

1.25 + LIBOR

1.00 – 2.00 £200m RCF

The facility terminates in June 2020

The Group borrowing facility consists of a £200 million revolving credit facility (‘RCF’) terminating 31 October 2023 with an 
additional £100 million accordion. Borrowings under the facility attract interest at LIBOR plus a margin in the range 1.0% to 2.5%, 
subject to a leverage ratchet (LIBOR plus 1.40% at 31 January 2019). The facilities are subject to financial covenants typical to an 
arrangement of this nature.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

105

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsNotes to the financial statements continued

17 BORROWINGS CONTINUED

At the balance sheet date the Group had utilised a further £0.1 million (2018: £0.1 million) of the RCF in relation to letters of credit. 
The Group utilises letters of credit to facilitate contracts with certain third party suppliers.

Contractual cash flows of financial liabilities are disclosed in note 23.

18 TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Current
Trade payables 
Other taxation and social security
Property accruals and deferred income
Other accruals and deferred income

Non-current

Property accruals and deferred income

2019
£'m

19.4
19.9
9.6
15.4

64.3

2018
£'m

15.2
4.2
7.6
10.7

37.7

9.8

10.0

Property deferred income relates to lease incentives recognised in the income statement over the period of the lease.

The Group has net US Dollar denominated trade and other payables of £8.4 million (2018: £5.4 million).

19 SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARE PREMIUM

Share capital
Allotted, called up and fully paid ordinary shares of one pence:
At the start of the period
Issued in the period (note 25)

At the end of the period

Share capital
At the start of the period
Issued in the period (note 25)

At the end of the period

Share premium
At the start of the period
Issued in the period (note 25)

At the end of the period

2019
(Number)

2018
(Number)

341,459,281
90,025

340,844,864
614,417

341,549,306

341,459,281

£’m

3.4
–

3.4

£’m

202.2
–

202.2

£’m

3.4
–

3.4

£’m

201.9
0.3

202.2

106 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

20 NOTES TO THE CASH FLOW STATEMENT

Reconciliation of operating profit to cash generated from operations:

Profit before tax
Net finance expense

Operating profit
Adjusted for:
Depreciation and amortisation
Goodwill impairment
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
Cash flow hedging foreign currency movements
Share-based payments charge

Operating cash flows before changes in working capital
(Increase)/decrease in receivables
Increase in inventories
Increase in payables

Cash inflow from operating activities

21 ANALYSIS OF NET DEBT

Unsecured bank loans and accrued interest (note 17)
Cash and cash equivalents (note 16)

Total net debt

Unsecured bank loans and accrued interest (note 17)
Cash and cash equivalents (note 16)

Total net debt

22 OPERATING LEASE COMMITMENTS

Future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases: 

Aggregate future minimum lease payments:
Within 1 year 
Within 1 to 2 years
Within 2 to 3 years
Within 3 to 4 years
Within 4 to 5 years
Within 5 to 10 years
Within 11 to 15 years

2019
£'m

66.6
4.2

70.8

10.9
11.9
0.1
–
0.6

94.3
(0.8)
(16.5)
22.1

99.1

2018
£'m

72.6
2.9

75.5

10.6
– 
0.2
(3.4)
(0.1)

82.8
3.0
(0.1)
4.0

89.7

At 1 February 
2018
£'m

Cash flow 
£'m

Non–cash 
changes
£'m

At 31 January 
2019
£'m

(149.6)
(11.3)

(160.9)

6.4
15.1

21.5

(0.6)
–

(0.6)

At 1 February 
2017
£'m

Cash flow 
£'m

Non-cash 
changes
£'m

(129.4)
(5.7)

(135.1)

(20.0)
(5.6)

(25.6)

(0.2)
–

(0.2)

(143.8)
3.8

(140.0)

At 31 
January 
2018
£'m

(149.6)
(11.3)

(160.9)

2019
£'m

2018
£'m

44.0
37.6
29.7
21.4
12.8
21.7
0.3

41.9
36.6
29.9
22.2
14.0
20.1
0.6

167.5

165.3

The Group enters into non-cancellable operating leases, primarily in respect of retail stores. The majority of the Group’s operating 
leases provide for their renewal by mutual agreement at the expiry of the lease term. Certain leases have a break clause, 
enforceable at the discretion of the Group. The Group also leases the majority of its motor vehicle fleet, a small amount of 
equipment and an element of its warehousing requirements.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

107

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsNotes to the financial statements continued

23 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The principal financial risks faced by the Group are liquidity, foreign currency, interest rate and counterparty credit risk.

The Board have overall responsibility for managing risks and uncertainties across the Group. The principal financial risks and 
uncertainties and the actions taken to mitigate them are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Further details of the Group’s approach to 
managing risk are included in the Principal Risks and Uncertainties section of the Strategic Report on pages 24 to 28 and in the 
Corporate Governance Report on page 48.

Liquidity risk
The Group generates significant operational cash inflows and can draw down on immediate request against a £200 million 
revolving credit facility. At the balance sheet date the Group had net debt (note 21) of £140.0 million (2018: £160.9 million). Cash 
flow forecasts are prepared to assist management in identifying future liquidity requirements.

Long-term bank funding is subject to certain agreed financial covenants. The risk of a breach of these covenants is mitigated by 
regular financial forecasting, detailed covenant modelling and monitoring of covenant compliance. As at 31 January 2019, the 
Group had adequate headroom against all of its financial covenants. Further details on Group borrowings are set out in note 17 of 
the financial statements.

The table below analyses the contractual cash flows of the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities as at the balance sheet date. 
The amounts disclosed in the tables are the contractual undiscounted cash flows, excluding interest.

At 31 January 2019
Unsecured bank loans
Trade and other payables

At 31 January 2018
Unsecured bank loans
Unsecured bank overdraft
Trade and other payables

Less than 
one year 
£m

One to two 
years 
£m

Two to five 
years
£m

 More than 
five years 
£m

 Total 
£m

0.1
60.4

60.5

–
14.9
34.3

49.2

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

145.0
–

145.0

150.0
–
–

150.0

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

145.1
60.4

205.5

150.0
14.9
34.3

199.2

The table below analyses the contractual cash flows of the Group’s derivative financial instruments as at the balance sheet 
date. The amounts disclosed represent the total contractual undiscounted cash flows at the balance sheet date exchange and 
interest rates.

Less than 
one year 
£m

One to two 
years 
£m

Two to five 
years
£m

 More than 
five years 
£m

Total
£m

67.1
(63.9)

–
–

47.3
(46.4)

0.1
(0.1)

16.0
(15.3)

–
(0.1)

75.4
(80.1)

52.9
(54.3)

–
–

–

0.1

0.2

–
–

–
–

–
–

–

130.4
(125.6)

0.1
(0.2)

128.3
(134.4)

0.3

At 31 January 2019
Foreign exchange contracts 
– Inflow 
– Outflow 
Interest rate contracts
– Inflow 
– Outflow 

At 31 January 2018
Foreign exchange contracts 
– Inflow 
– Outflow 
Interest rate contracts
– Inflow 

108 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Foreign currency risk
A significant proportion of the Group’s retail products are procured from overseas suppliers denominated in US Dollars. Current 
Group policy requires forward cover of between 50% and 100% of the next 12 months rolling US Dollar requirement using foreign 
exchange derivative contracts and US Dollar denominated cash balances, up to 80% forward cover for the period 12 to 24 months 
and up to 40% for the period 24 to 36 months. The policy permits a proportion of each year’s US Dollar requirement to be covered 
by structured options and similar instruments.

The table below analyses the sensitivity of the Group’s US Dollar denominated financial instruments to a 10 cent movement in the 
USD to GBP exchange rate at the balance sheet date, holding all other assumptions constant.

10 cent increase
10 cent decrease

2019

2018

Impact on 
profit after 
tax
£'m

Impact on 
cash flow 
hedging 
reserve
£'m

Impact on 
profit after 
tax
£'m

Impact on 
cash flow 
hedging 
reserve
£'m

(2.1)
2.5

(5.0)
5.9

(3.9)
3.9

(4.6)
5.3

Interest rate risk
The Group’s principal interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings. Bank borrowings are denominated in Sterling and are 
borrowed at floating interest rates. The Group utilises interest rate derivative financial instruments to mitigate the interest rate risk 
on an element of these borrowing costs. Current Group policy requires between 25% and 75% of forecast floating interest rate 
borrowings to be hedged for the next 24 months using interest rate derivative contracts, up to 50% for the period 24 to 36 months 
and up to 25% for periods greater than 36 months.

The table below shows the impact on the reported results of a 50 basis point increase or decrease in the interest rate for the year.

50 basis point interest rate increase
50 basis point interest rate decrease

2019

2018

Impact on 
profit after 
tax
£'m

Impact on 
cash flow 
hedging 
reserve
£'m

Impact on 
profit after 
tax
£'m

Impact on 
cash flow 
hedging 
reserve
£'m

(0.4)
0.4

0.8
(0.7)

(0.5)
0.5

0.5
(0.4)

Counterparty credit risk
The Group is exposed to counterparty credit risk on its holdings of cash and cash equivalents and derivative financial assets. To 
mitigate the risk, counterparties are limited to high credit-quality financial institutions and exposures are monitored on a monthly 
basis. Sterling cash balances are maintained at near zero or overdrawn within the facility to minimise interest expense on the RCF, 
thereby reducing counterparty credit risk on cash balances.

The Group is also exposed to counterparty credit risk in relation to payments in advance of goods to overseas suppliers. The Group 
financing facility includes a facility for letters of credit to eliminate exposure on advance payments for certain overseas suppliers.

Credit risk in respect of trade receivables on non-retail revenues is minimal. Non-retail revenues represent less than 1% of Group 
revenue and trade receivables at 31 January 2019 were £0.3m (2018: £0.2m).

The Group considers expected credit losses as not material and no impairment allowances have been recognised in respect of 
credit risk.

Capital management 
The Group’s capital risk management policy is to maintain a capital structure that is conservative yet efficient in terms of providing 
long-term returns to shareholders.

The Group defines capital as equity attributable to the equity holders of the parent plus net debt. Net debt is shown in note 21.

The Group has a continued focus on free cash flow generation. The Board monitors a range of financial metrics together 
with banking covenant ratios, maintaining suitable headroom to ensure that the Group’s financing requirements continue 
to be serviceable.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

109

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsNotes to the financial statements continued

24 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair value
Financial instruments carried at fair value are measured by reference to the following fair value hierarchy: 
•  Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; 
•  Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as 

prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and 

•  Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

Derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value and measured under a level 2 valuation method.

Derivative financial instruments
The balance sheet date fair value of derivative financial instruments is as follows:

Derivative assets 
Non-current
Interest rate contracts
Foreign exchange contracts 

Current 
Foreign exchange contracts 

Derivative liabilities 
Current 
Interest rate contracts
Foreign exchange contracts 

Non-current
Interest rate contracts
Foreign exchange contracts 

Net derivative financial instruments
Interest rate contracts
Foreign exchange contracts 

2019
£'m

2018
£'m

–
0.1

0.1

2.3 

(0.1)
(0.1)

(0.2)

(0.1)
(1.0)

(1.1)

(0.2)
1.3

1.1

0.2 
– 

0.2 

0.3 

–
(7.0)

(7.0)

–
(3.4)

(3.4)

0.2
(10.1)

(9.9)

Interest rate contracts
At 31 January 2019 the Group held fixed for floating interest rate swaps and interest rate caps to hedge a portion of the variable 
interest rate risk on bank borrowings. Notional principal amounts for interest hedges totalled £90.0 million for the period to 
October 2019, reducing to £70.0 million for the period to October 2020 then reducing to £50.0 million for the period to October 
2021 (2018: £70.0 million for the period to October 2019 then reducing to £60.0 million for the period to October 2020). Fair value 
movements of £0.2 million (2018: £0.2 million) were expensed to the income statement within financial expense.

Foreign exchange contracts
At 31 January 2019 the Group held a portfolio of foreign currency derivative contracts with notional principal amounts totalling 
£130.4 million (2018: £128.3 million) to mitigate the exchange risk on future US Dollar denominated trade purchases. Foreign 
currency derivative contracts with a notional value of £37.4 million representing a fair value liability of £0.5 million 
(2018: £42.3 million representing a fair value asset of £4.5 million) were not designated as hedging relationships. Fair value 
movements in foreign currency derivatives are recognised in other comprehensive income to the extent the contract is part of an 
effective hedging relationship. The fair value movements of £4.2 million that do not form part of an effective hedging relationship 
have been credited to the income statement (2018: £7.6 million charge) as a non-underlying item within cost of sales (see note 3).

110 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Classification of financial instruments
The table below shows the classification of financial assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date.

Mandatorily 
at FVTPL
£'m

Cash flow 
hedging 
instruments
£'m

Financial 
assets at 
amortised 
cost
£'m

Other 
financial 
liabilities
£'m

At 31 January 2019

Financial assets measured at fair value
Derivative financial instruments

Financial assets not measured at fair value
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities measured at fair value
Derivative financial instruments

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value
Unsecured bank loans
Unsecured bank overdrafts
Trade and other payables

At 31 January 2018

Financial assets measured at fair value
Derivative financial instruments

Financial assets not measured at fair value
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities measured at fair value
Derivative financial instruments

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value
Unsecured bank loans
Unsecured bank overdrafts
Trade and other payables

–

–
–

2.4

–

–
–

0.9
3.8

(0.6)

(0.7)

–
–
–

(0.6)

–
–
–

1.7

–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

(143.8)
–
(60.4)

4.7

(204.2)

Mandatorily 
at FVTPL
£'m

Cash flow 
hedging 
instruments
£'m

Financial 
assets at 
amortised 
cost
£'m

Other 
financial 
liabilities
£'m

0.3 

0.2

–

–
–

–
–

1.1
3.6

(4.8)

(5.6)

– 
–
–

–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

(149.6)
(14.9)
(34.3)

(4.5)

(5.4)

4.7

(198.8)

The fair values of financial instruments have been assessed as approximating to their carrying values.

Derivative financial instruments are utilised to mitigate foreign exchange risk on the requisition of inventory and interest rate risk 
on borrowings. Derivatives not designated as a hedging relationship are mandatorily classified at FVTPL.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

111

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsNotes to the financial statements continued

25 EQUITY-SETTLED SHARE-BASED PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS
Card Factory Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)
The Company grants awards of shares to the Executive Directors, members of the senior management team and senior employees 
under the terms of the LTIP. Grants are made annually under the scheme subject to approval by the Board. The award comprises a 
right to receive free shares or nil cost options. The shares will be issued within 30 days, or as soon as practicable, after the vesting 
date. Grants awarded in the year to Executive Directors and senior management vest in stages over three, four and five years and 
vested shares may not be sold (other than to pay taxes due on vesting) until the end of the five year period. Grants awarded in the 
year to senior employees are subject to a three-year vesting period. Grants awarded in prior years were subject to a three-year 
vesting period with performance conditions and a two-year holding period for awards in favour of senior management. Further 
details on Executive Director LTIP awards are provided in the Remuneration Report on pages 56 to 70. 

Card Factory SAYE Scheme (‘SAYE’)
The SAYE scheme is open to all employees (in prior years length of service eligibility applied). Grants are made annually under  
the scheme subject to approval by the Board. Options may be exercised under the scheme within six months of the completion of  
the three-year savings contract. There is provision for early exercise in certain circumstances such as death, disability, redundancy 
and retirement.

Other options awarded
Under his terms of appointment dated 30 April 2014, Geoff Cooper, previously the Company’s Non-Executive Chairman, was granted the 
option to purchase £330,000 of ordinary shares as part of, or alongside, the IPO at the offer price (£2.25), £330,000 of ordinary shares at 
the offer price (£2.25) on the date falling two years after the date of admission to the London Stock Exchange and £330,000 at the offer 
price (£2.25) on the date falling three years after the date of admission. The entitlement to make such purchases was conditional upon 
and subject to Mr Cooper remaining as Chairman of the Company on such date. The final option was exercised in the prior year.

Reconciliation of outstanding awards

Outstanding at 1 February 2017
Granted during the year
Exercised during the year
Forfeited during the year

Outstanding at 31 January 2018
Granted during the year
Exercised during the year
Forfeited during the year

Outstanding at 31 January 2019

LTIP

SAYE

Number of 
options

2,220,022
759,978
(465,592)
(642,355)

1,872,053
626,864
(90,025)
(672,688)

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price

£0.00
£0.00
£0.00
£0.00

£0.00
£0.00
£0.00
£0.00

Number of 
options

835,754
301,816
(2,155)
(273,183)

862,232
779,332
–
(413,812)

1,736,204

£0.00 1,227,752

Other options/shares 
awarded

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price

Number of 
options

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price

£2.90
£2.68
£2.90
£2.87

£2.84
£1.61
–
£2.57

£2.15

159,248
–
(146,666)
(12,582)*

£2.27
–
£2.25
£2.50

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–

–

* 

Estimated number of shares in respect of CEO bonus entitlement was to be deferred in shares for three years. Under the terms of the bonus scheme the award was subsequently paid in 
cash in the prior year with a requirement to purchase shares using one third of the total cash bonus awarded.

290,563 options exercisable at £2.90 under the SAYE scheme at 31 January 2019 lapsed on 1 February 2019.

Fair value of awards
The fair value of awards granted during the year has been measured using the Black-Scholes model assuming the inputs below.

Fair value at grant date
Share price at grant date
Exercise price
Expected volatility
Expected term (years)
Expected dividend yield
Risk-free interest rate

2019

LTIP

2018

SAYE

LTIP

SAYE

£1.99
£1.99
£0.00
30%
3 to 5
N/A*
0.79% to 1.00%

£0.31
£2.01
£1.61
30%
3
8.5%
0.76%

£3.19
£3.19
£0.00
30%
3
N/A*
0.55%

£0.37
£2.98
£2.68
30%
3
8.0%
0.28%

* 

LTIP awards have a £nil exercise price and accrue dividend equivalents over the vesting period, consequently the fair value at grant date is equal to the grant date share price.

The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the company over the expected term at the grant date.

112 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Impact on the income statement
The total expense recognised in the income statement arising from share-based payments is as follows:

Card Factory LTIP
SAYE

Total share-based payment expense/(income)

The amounts disclosed above do not include employer’s national insurance costs.

26 CAPITAL COMMITMENTS

There were capital commitments of £1.2 million at 31 January 2019 (2018: £0.6 million).

27 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

There were no material contingent liabilities at 31 January 2019 (2018: £nil).

28 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

2019
£'m

0.5
0.1

0.6

2018
£'m

(0.2)
0.1

(0.1)

The Group has taken advantage of the exemptions contained within IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’ from the requirement to 
disclose transactions between Group companies as these have been eliminated on consolidation.

Transactions with key management personnel
The key management personnel of the Group comprise the Card Factory plc Board of Directors and the Executive Board. 
Disclosures relating to remuneration of key management personnel are included in note 6 of the financial statements. Further 
details of Directors’ remuneration are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 56 to 70. Directors of the Company 
and their immediate families control 0.055% of the ordinary shares of the Company.

There were no other related party transactions in the year.

29 TRANSITION TO IFRS 9

IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ is effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018 and has been adopted by the Group in 
the year. IFRS 9 sets out requirements for recognising and measuring financial assets and financial liabilities and replaces IAS 39 
‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’. The impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Group is 
detailed below.

Classification of financial assets
IFRS 9 contains a new classification and measurement approach for financial assets that reflects the business model in which 
assets are managed and the cash flow characteristics of the assets.

IFRS 9 contains three principal classification categories for financial assets: measured at amortised cost, fair value through other 
comprehensive income and fair value through profit or loss. The standard eliminates the existing IAS 39 categories of held to 
maturity, loans and receivables and available for sale. The new classification requirements do not impact the accounting for the 
Group’s financial assets.

Impairment of financial assets
IFRS 9 replaces the incurred loss model in IAS 39 with a forward-looking ‘expected credit loss’ model. The new impairment model 
will apply to financial assets measured at amortised cost. Revenue from retail customers represents over 99% of Group revenues 
and consequently trade and other receivables measured at amortised cost are not material to the financial statements. There is 
no impact on the values reported in the financial statements from adopting IFRS 9 in respect of expected credit losses.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are held at banks with a strong credit rating and are not subject to any period of notice. The Group 
typically maintains a low value of cash and cash equivalents and often a net overdrawn cash position as part of its RCF funding 
arrangement. There is no impact on the values reported in the financial statements from adopting IFRS 9 in respect of expected 
credit losses.

Classification of financial liabilities
IFRS 9 largely retains the existing requirements in IAS 39 for the classification of financial liabilities. The classification requirements 
of IFRS 9 do not impact the financial statements.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

113

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsNotes to the financial statements continued

29 TRANSITION TO IFRS 9 CONTINUED

Hedge accounting
On initial adoption of IFRS9, the Group may choose as its accounting policy to continue to apply the hedge accounting 
requirements of IAS 39 instead of the requirements in IFRS 9. The Group has chosen to apply the new requirements of IFRS 9.

IFRS 9 requires the Group to ensure that hedge accounting relationships are aligned with the Group’s risk management objectives 
and strategy and to apply a more qualitative and forward-looking approach to assessing hedge effectiveness. IFRS 9 also 
introduces new requirements on rebalancing hedge relationships and prohibiting voluntary discontinuation of hedge accounting. 
Under the new model, it is possible that more risk management strategies may qualify for hedge accounting, though eligibility for 
hedge accounting of the Group’s existing hedging activities have been assessed as unchanged.

Foreign exchange hedge accounting
The Group utilises foreign currency derivative contracts and US Dollar denominated cash balances to manage the foreign 
exchange risk on US Dollar denominated inventory purchases. The Group designates only the change in the fair value of the spot 
element of forward currency contracts as the hedging instrument in cash flow hedging relationships. Under IAS 39, the change in 
fair value of the forward element of the forward currency contract (‘forward points’) was recognised immediately in profit or loss 
(presented as a non-underlying item).

On adoption of IFRS 9, the Group has elected to separately account for the forward points as a cost of hedging. Consequently, 
changes in forward points are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a cost of hedging reserve as a 
separate component within equity and subsequently recognised into the hedged inventory purchase value. The Group has not 
applied the transitional option to retrospectively apply this treatment.

In accordance with the requirements of IFRS 9, the Group has amended the accounting policy in respect of cash flow hedge 
accounting. Gains or losses recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of a cash flow hedge of a forecast transaction 
that results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or liability are included in the initial measurement of the asset or liability. 
The previous accounting policy, under IAS 39, recognised such gains or losses in profit or loss in the same period or periods during 
which the hedged forecast transaction, or a resulting asset or liability, affects profit or loss, but did not recognise the gain or loss in 
the initial measurement of a resulting asset or liability.

Interest rate hedge accounting
The Group utilises interest rate derivative contracts to manage the risk on floating rate bank borrowings. The Group designates 
only the change in the fair value of the intrinsic element of interest rate caps as the hedging instrument in cash flow hedging 
relationships. Under IAS 39, the change in fair value of the time value element of the interest rate cap was recognised immediately 
in profit or loss (presented as a non-underlying item until the date of the hedged cash flow).

On adoption of IFRS 9, the Group has elected to separately account for the time value as a cost of hedging. Consequently, 
changes in time value are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a cost of hedging reserve as a separate 
component within equity and reclassified to profit or loss on the date of the hedged cash flow. IFRS 9 mandates retrospective 
application of this treatment.

Transition
The impact on the financial statements from the adoption of IFRS 9 is detailed below. The amendments to hedge accounting policies 
detailed above are applied prospectively except for the mandated retrospective application of the time value element of interest rate 
cap hedges. Consequently the comparative period is restated solely in respect of hedge accounting for the time value element of 
interest rate caps. Other adjustments on transition to IFRS 9 are presented as an adjustment to opening reserves at 31 January 2018.

Restatement

Equity
Cost of hedging reserve
Retained earnings

31 January 
2018
£'m

31 January 
2017
£'m

(0.3)
0.3

–

(0.3)
0.3

–

Movements in the cost of hedging reserve in respect of interest rate hedges from 31 January 2017 to 31 January 2018 were less 
than £0.1m. Consequently the consolidated income statement and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income are 
not restated.

114 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Opening Reserves Adjustment

Deferred tax
Inventory

Net Assets
Equity
Hedging reserve
Cost of hedging reserve
Retained earnings

30 TRANSITION TO IFRS 16

31 January 
2018
£'m

(0.1)
0.6

0.5

0.6
0.2
(0.3)

0.5

IFRS 16: Leases (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019) will replace IAS 17 and related interpretations 
and requires entities to apply a single lessee accounting model, with lessees recognising right-of-use-assets and lease liabilities on 
the balance sheet for all applicable leases. In addition, the nature of expenses related to those leases will change because IFRS 16 
replaces the straight-line operating lease expense with a depreciation charge for the right-of-use assets and an interest expense 
relating to lease liabilities.

The Group intends to adopt a full retrospective application of the standard applying the practical expedient available on 
transition not to reassess whether a contract existing at the date of initial application contains a lease. The Group currently 
anticipates the approximate impact on the financial statements as follows:

Statement of Financial Position (restatement impact as at 31 January 2018)
IFRS 16 right-of-use assets
IFRS 16 lease liabilities

Net IFRS 16 lease recognition
Remove operating lease related prepayments and accruals

Net impact at 31 January 2018

FY19 Income Statement (restatement impact)
Remove operating lease charges
Replace with IFRS 16 depreciation and finance charge

FY19 profit before tax increase under IFRS 16 versus IAS 17

Estimated 
impact
£’m

Range of 
outcomes*
+/-
£’m

127
(145)

(18)
6

(12)

43
(41)

2

10
10

3
1

3

1
1

1

*  All estimates are rounded to the nearest £million and presented as a range of outcomes as they remain subject to refinement of judgements, estimates and assumptions, further detailed 
review and full audit of the transition amounts in the year of transition. Any revisions to estimates, notably in respect of lease term and discount rates, would include a degree of offset 
between right-of-use assets and lease liabilities. Consequently the range of outcomes for the total net impact is lower than the sum of individual ranges of outcomes.

The reduction in net assets on transition to IFRS 16 reflects the timing of finance charges under a full retrospective application, 
whereby the finance charge is greatest at the start of each lease resulting in higher cumulative historical income statement 
charges prior to the date of transition versus those reported under IAS 17. Consequently the Group anticipates total future income 
statement charges in respect of existing leases to be slightly lower under IFRS 16 than would have been reported on a straight-line 
basis under IAS 17, reflecting the gradual reversal of the opening restatement impact on net assets. This will be partially offset by 
higher initial income statement charges on new leases. The estimated impact on the FY19 income statement is shown above.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

115

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsNotes to the financial statements continued

31 SUBSIDIARY UNDERTAKINGS

At 31 January 2019 the Group controlled 100% of the issued ordinary share capital of the following subsidiaries, all of which are 
included in the consolidated financial statements. All subsidiaries are registered in England and Wales with the exception of Card 
Factory Ireland Limited which is registered in the Republic of Ireland. The registered office of the Company is Century House, 
Brunel Road, Wakefield 41 Industrial Estate, Wakefield, West Yorkshire, WF2 0XG.

Subsidiary undertaking

Nature of business

CF Bidco Limited*
Sportswift Limited
Printcraft Limited
Getting Personal Limited
Card Factory Ireland Limited
CF Topco Limited*
CF Interco Limited
Short Rhyme Limited
Heavy Distance Limited
Getting Personal Group Limited
Getting Personal (UK) Limited
Lupfaw 221 Limited
Sportswift Properties Limited
CF Midco Limited
Century Cards Limited
Rose Card Limited
Celebration Cards Limited
Sportswift Trading Limited
CF Newco Limited
321 Cards Limited
Card Concepts Limited
Excelsior Graphics Limited
Card Factory Stores Limited
Card Factory Retail Limited
Card Factory Online Limited
Card Factory Greetings Limited

Intermediate holding company
Sale of greeting cards and gifts
Printers
Online sale of personalised products and gifts
Sale of greeting cards and gifts
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant

Shares held directly. All other subsidiaries’ shares are held indirectly through subsidiary undertakings.
1st Floor, Southmoor House Southmoor Industrial Estate, Southmoor Road, Manchester, M23 9XD.

* 
** 
***  6th Floor, 2 Grand Canal Square, Dublin 2, Dublin, Republic of Ireland.

Registered office

Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
**
***
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
**
**
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company

116 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Parent Company statement of financial position
As at 31 January 2019

Non-current assets
Investments

Current assets
Trade and other receivables

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables

Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Share premium
Merger reserve
Retained earnings

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Note

2019
£'m

2018
£'m

4

5

316.2

316.2

4.9

0.5

321.1

316.7

6

(4.3)

(1.4)

316.8

315.3

7
7

13

3.4
202.2
2.7
108.5

316.8

3.4
202.2
2.7
107.0

315.3

The financial statements on pages 117 to 126 were approved by the Board of Directors on 15 April 2019 and were signed on its 
behalf by:

Kris Lee
Chief Financial Officer

Company number 09002747

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

117

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsParent Company statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 January 2019

At 1 February 2017

3.4

201.9

2.7

106.9

314.9

Share 
capital
£'m

Share 
premium
£'m

Merger 
reserve
£'m

Retained 
earnings 
£'m

Total  
equity 
£'m

Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit or loss

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Issue of shares (note 7)
Share-based payments (note 8)
Dividends

–

–
–
–

–

–

0.3
–
–

0.3

–

–
–
–

–

82.8

82.8

–
(0.1)
(82.6)

(82.7)

0.3
(0.1)
(82.6)

(82.4)

At 31 January 2018

3.4

202.2

2.7

107.0

315.3

Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit or loss

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Share-based payments (note 8)
Dividends

–

–
–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–
–

–

49.8

49.8

0.6
(48.9)

(48.3)

0.6
(48.9)

(48.3)

At 31 January 2019

3.4

202.2

2.7

108.5

316.8

118 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Parent Company cash flow statement
For the year ended 31 January 2019

Cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities
Corporation tax paid

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Dividends received
Loans (issued to)/repaid by Group undertakings

Net cash inflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from new shares issued
Dividends paid

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Closing cash and cash equivalents

Note

11

3

2019
£'m

0.2
–

0.2

50.0
(1.3)

48.7

–
(48.9)

(48.9)

–
–

–

2018
£'m

(0.9)
–

(0.9)

83.0
0.5

83.5

0.3
(82.9)

(82.6)

–
–

–

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

119

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsNotes to the Parent Company financial statements

1 ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of preparation
The Company financial statements have been prepared and approved by the Directors in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU (‘EU IFRS’) and with those parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies 
reporting under EU IFRS.

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention.

The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for at 
least 12 months from the date of issue of these financial statements. Accordingly, the financial statements have been prepared on 
a going concern basis.

Principal accounting policies
The principal accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these financial 
statements except to the extent applied from transition to IFRS 9. Amendments to accounting policies on adoption of IFRS 9 have 
not impacted the values reported in these financial statements.

EU Endorsed International Financial Reporting Standards effective in the year
•  IFRS 9 Financial Instruments
•  Applying IFRS 9 Financial Instruments with IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts (Amendments to IFRS 4)
•  IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers
•  Clarifications to IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers
•  Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions (Amendments to IFRS 2)
•  Transfers of Investment Property (Amendments to IAS 40)
•  Annual Improvements to IFRS 2014-2016 Cycle (Amendments to IFRS 1)
•  Annual Improvements to IFRS 2014-2016 Cycle (Amendments to IAS 28)
•  IFRIC 22 Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration

There is no impact on the values reported in these financial statements from adoption of the standards and amendments effective 
in the current period.

IFRS 16 Leases

EU Endorsed International Financial Reporting Standards in issue but not yet effective
• 
•  Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation (Amendments to IFRS 9)
• 
•  Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures (Amendments to IAS 28)
•  Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement (Amendments to IAS 19)
•  Annual Improvements 2015-2017 Cycle

IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments

Adoption of the standards and amendments effective in future periods is not expected to have a significant impact on the 
financial statements.

New and revised International Financial Reporting Standards or interpretations effective for future periods that are 
currently awaiting EU endorsement
The future impact on the financial statements of new standards and amendments awaiting EU endorsement is currently being 
assessed but is not expected to have a significant impact on the financial statements.

Income statement
The Company made a profit after tax of £49.8 million For the year ended 31 January 2019 (2018: £82.8 million), including 
£50.0 million dividends received from subsidiary undertakings (2018: £83.0 million). As permitted by section 408 of the 
Companies Act 2006, the income statement of the Company is not presented as part of the financial statements.

Investments
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are held at cost less any provision for impairment.

120 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Financial instruments
Non-derivative financial assets
Non-derivative financial assets comprise trade and other receivables classified as financial assets at amortised cost. The trade 
and other receivables do not have a significant financing component and are initially measured at transaction price. At each 
reporting date, the Company assesses whether financial assets carried at amortised cost are credit-impaired. A financial asset is 
‘credit-impaired’ when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset 
have occurred. The Company measures loss allowances at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit loss.

Non-derivative financial liabilities
Non derivative financial liabilities comprise trade and other payables. Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair 
value, less any directly attributable transaction costs and subsequently stated at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.

Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a 
deduction from the proceeds.

Merger reserve
On 30 April 2014 Card Factory plc acquired 100% of the share capital of CF Topco Limited in a share for share exchange, thereby 
inserting Card Factory plc as the Parent Company of the Group. The shareholders of CF Topco Limited became 100% owners of 
the enlarged share capital of Card Factory plc. The premium arising on the issue of shares is recognised in the merger reserve.

Share-based payments
The Company issues equity-settled share-based payments to employees through the Card Factory Long Term Incentive Plan 
(‘LTIP’) and the Card Factory SAYE Scheme (‘SAYE’), see note 8 for further details. The cost of equity-settled share awards is 
measured as the fair value of the award at the grant date using the Black-Scholes model.

The cost of awards to employees of the Company is expensed to the income statement, together with a corresponding adjustment 
to equity, on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. The cost of awards to employees of subsidiary undertakings 
is recognised as a capital contribution, immediately reimbursed by the subsidiary. The total cost of the awards is based on the 
Company’s estimate of the number of share awards that will eventually vest in accordance with the vesting conditions. The awards 
do not include market-based vesting conditions. At each balance sheet date, the Company revises its estimate of the number of 
awards that are expected to vest. Any revision to estimates is recognised in the income statement, with a corresponding 
adjustment to equity. The expense recognised in the Company income statement is subsequently charged to subsidiary entities to 
the extent that management services are provided to those subsidiary entities.

Dividends
Dividends are recognised as a liability in the period in which they are approved such that the Company is obliged to pay 
the dividend.

Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement except to the 
extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity or through other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised in 
equity or other comprehensive income respectively.

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the period, using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary 
differences are not provided for: the initial recognition of goodwill; the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither 
accounting nor taxable profit other than in a business combination and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the 
extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected 
manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the 
temporary difference can be utilised.

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

121

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsNotes to the Parent Company financial statements continued

2 EMPLOYEE COSTS

The Company has no employees other than the Board of Directors. Full details of Directors’ remuneration are set out in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 56 to 70.

3 DIVIDENDS

The Board is recommending a final dividend in respect of the financial year ended 31 January 2019 of 6.4 pence per share  
(2018: 6.4 pence per share), resulting in a total final dividend of £21.9 million (2018: £21.9 million). The dividend will, subject to 
shareholders’ approval at the Annual General Meeting on 5 June 2019, be paid on 18 June 2019 to shareholders on the register at 
the close of business on 10 May 2019. No liability is recorded in the financial statements in respect of this final dividend as it was 
not approved at the balance sheet date.

Dividends paid in the year:

Special dividend for the year ended 31 January 2019
Interim dividend for the year ended 31 January 2019
Final dividend for the year ended 31 January 2018
Special dividend for the year ended 31 January 2018
Interim dividend for the year ended 31 January 2018
Final dividend for the year ended 31 January 2017

Dividend equivalents paid under long-term incentive schemes

Total dividends per the cash flow statement

Pence per 
share

5.0p
2.8p
6.4p
15.0p
2.8p
6.3p

2019
£'m

17.1
9.9
21.9
–
–
–

48.9

–

48.9

Dividends equivalents totalling £0.1 million (2018: £nil) were accrued in the year in relation to share-based long-term 
incentive schemes.

4 INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES

At 31 January 2018 and 31 January 2019

The Directors’ are satisfied that there is no indication of an impairment of the investment in subsidiaries.

2018
£'m

–
–
–
51.2
9.9
21.5

82.6

0.3

82.9

£'m

316.2

122 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Subsidiary undertakings
At 31 January 2019 the Company controlled 100% of the issued ordinary share capital of the following subsidiaries, all of which are 
included in the consolidated financial statements. All subsidiaries are registered in England and Wales with the exception of Card 
Factory Ireland Limited which is registered in the Republic of Ireland. The registered office of the Company is Century House, 
Brunel Road, Wakefield 41 Industrial Estate, Wakefield, West Yorkshire, WF2 0XG.

Subsidiary undertaking

Nature of business

CF Bidco Limited*
Sportswift Limited
Printcraft Limited
Getting Personal Limited
Card Factory Ireland Limited
CF Topco Limited*
CF Interco Limited
Short Rhyme Limited
Heavy Distance Limited
Getting Personal Group Limited
Getting Personal (UK) Limited
Lupfaw 221 Limited
Sportswift Properties Limited
CF Midco Limited
Century Cards Limited
Rose Card Limited
Celebration Cards Limited
Sportswift Trading Limited
CF Newco Limited
321 Cards Limited
Card Concepts Limited
Excelsior Graphics Limited
Card Factory Stores Limited
Card Factory Retail Limited
Card Factory Online Limited
Card Factory Greetings Limited

Intermediate holding company
Sale of greeting cards and gifts
Printers
Online sale of personalised products and gifts
Sale of greeting cards and gifts
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant

Shares held directly. All other subsidiaries’ shares are held indirectly through subsidiary undertakings.
1st Floor, Southmoor House Southmoor Industrial Estate, Southmoor Road, Manchester, M23 9XD.

* 
** 
***   6th Floor, 2 Grand Canal Square, Dublin 2, Dublin, Republic of Ireland

5 TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Amounts owed by Group undertakings
Prepayments and other debtors

Registered office

Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
**
***
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
**
**
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company
Same as the Company

2019
£'m

4.8
0.1

4.9

Trade and other receivables of the Company principally relate to balances due on demand from subsidiary undertakings. The 
Company has assessed the expected credit loss as very low and has made no provision for impairment.

6 TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Accruals

2019
£'m

3.8
0.5

4.3

2018
£'m

0.4
0.1

0.5

2018
£'m

1.1
0.3

1.4

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

123

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsNotes to the Parent Company financial statements continued

7 SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARE PREMIUM

Share capital
Allotted, called up and fully paid ordinary shares of one pence:
At the start of the period
*Shares issued in the year 

At the end of the period

Share capital
At the start of the period
*Shares issued in the year

At the end of the period

Share premium
At the start of the period
*Shares issued in the year

At the end of the period

2019
(Number)

2018
(Number)

341,459,281
90,025

340,844,864
614,417

341,549,306

341,459,281

£’m

£’m

3.4
–

3.4

£’m

202.2
–

202.2

3.4
–

3.4

£’m

201.9
0.3

202.2

* 

Shares issued relate to share incentive schemes. See note 8 for further details. 

8 EQUITY-SETTLED SHARE-BASED PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS

Card Factory Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)
The Company grants awards of shares to the Executive Directors, members of the senior management team and senior employees 
within the Group under the terms of the LTIP. Grants are made annually under the scheme subject to approval by the Board. The 
award comprises a right to receive free shares or nil cost options. The shares will be issued within 30 days, or as soon as practicable, 
after the vesting date. Grants awarded in the year to Executive Directors and senior management vest in stages over three, four 
and five years and vested shares may not be sold (other than to pay taxes due on vesting) until the end of the five year period. 
Grants awarded in the year to senior employees are subject to a three-year vesting period. Grants awarded in prior years were 
subject to a three-year vesting period with performance conditions and a two-year holding period for awards in favour of senior 
management. Further details on Executive Director LTIP awards are provided in the Remuneration Report on pages 56 to 70. 

Card Factory SAYE Scheme (‘SAYE’)
The SAYE scheme is open to all employees (in prior years length of service eligibility applied). Grants are made annually under 
the scheme subject to approval by the Board. Options may be exercised under the scheme within six months of the completion 
of the three-year savings contract. There is provision for early exercise in certain circumstances such as death, disability, 
redundancy and retirement.

Other options awarded
Under his terms of appointment dated 30 April 2014, Geoff Cooper, previously the Company’s Non-Executive Chairman, was 
granted the option to purchase £330,000 of ordinary shares as part of, or alongside, the IPO at the offer price (£2.25), £330,000 of 
ordinary shares at the offer price (£2.25) on the date falling two years after the date of admission to the London Stock Exchange 
and £330,000 at the offer price (£2.25) on the date falling three years after the date of admission. The entitlement to make such 
purchases was conditional upon and subject to Mr Cooper remaining as Chairman of the Company on such date. The final option 
was exercised in the prior year.

124 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Reconciliation of outstanding awards

Outstanding at 1 February 2017
Granted during the year
Exercised during the year
Forfeited during the year

Outstanding at 31 January 2018
Granted during the year
Exercised during the year
Forfeited during the year

Outstanding at 31 January 2019

LTIP

SAYE

Other options/shares awarded

Number of 
options

Weighted 
average exercise 
price

Number of 
options

Weighted 
average exercise 
price

Number of 
options

Weighted 
average exercise 
price

2,220,022
759,978
(465,592)
(642,355)

1,872,053
626,864
(90,025)
(672,688)

1,736,204

£0.00
£0.00
£0.00
£0.00

£0.00
£0.00
£0.00
£0.00

£0.00

835,754
301,816
(2,155)
(273,183)

862,232
779,332
–
(413,812)

1,227,752

£2.90
£2.68
£2.90
£2.87

£2.84
£1.61
–
£2.57

£2.15

159,248
–
(146,666)
(12,582)*

–
–
–
–

–

£2.27
–
£2.25
£2.50

–
–
–
–

–

*   Estimated number of shares in respect of CEO bonus entitlement was to be deferred in shares for three years. Under the terms of the bonus scheme the award was subsequently paid in 

cash in the prior year with a requirement to purchase shares using one third of the total cash bonus awarded.

290,563 options exercisable at £2.90 under the SAYE scheme at 31 January 2019 lapsed on 1 February 2019.

Fair value of awards
The fair value of awards granted during the year has been measured using the Black-Scholes model assuming the inputs below.

Fair value at grant date
Share price at grant date
Exercise price
Expected volatility
Expected term
Expected dividend yield
Risk-free interest rate

2019

LTIP

£1.99
£1.99
£0.00
30%
3 to 5 years
N/A*
0.79% to 1.00%

SAYE

£0.31
£2.01
£1.61
30%
3 years
8.5%
0.76%

2018

LTIP

£3.19
£3.19
£0.00
30%
3 years
N/A*
0.55%

SAYE

£0.37
£2.98
£2.68
30%
3 years
8.0%
0.28%

* 

LTIP awards have a £nil exercise price and accrue dividend equivalents over the vesting period, consequently the fair value at grant date is equal to the grant date share price.

The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company over the expected terms at the grant date.

Impact on the income statement
The total expense recognised in the income statement arising from share-based payments is as follows:

Expense/(credit) recognised in the Company income statement
Card Factory LTIP

Expense recognised in subsidiary income statements
Card Factory LTIP
SAYE

Total expense/(credit) recognised in the Group income statement

The amounts disclosed above do not include employer’s national insurance costs.

2019
£'m

0.2

0.3
0.1

0.4

0.6

2018
£'m

(0.2)

–
0.1

0.1

(0.1)

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

125

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsNotes to the Parent Company financial statements continued

9 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The financial risk management strategy of the Company is consistent with the Group strategy detailed in note 23 of the Group 
financial statements. Company exposure to liquidity, interest rate, foreign exchange and credit risk are principally to the extent 
they impact the trade of its subsidiary investments. Trade and other receivables of the Company principally comprise amounts 
due from Group undertakings.

10 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Classification of financial instruments.
Financial assets have all been classified as financial assets at amortised costs. Financial liabilities have all been classified as other 
financial liabilities.

Maturity analysis
All financial instrument assets and liabilities fall due in less than one year.

Fair values
The fair values of financial instruments have been assessed as approximating to their carrying values.

11 NOTES TO THE CASH FLOW STATEMENT

Profit before tax
Dividends received

Operating loss
Adjusted for:
Share-based payment charge

Operating cash flows before changes in working capital
Increase/(decrease) in payables

Cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

12 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

2019
£'m

2018
£'m

49.8
(50.0)

(0.2)

0.2

–
0.2

0.2

82.8
(83.0)

(0.2)

(0.2)

(0.4)
(0.5)

(0.9)

Amounts due to and from Group undertakings are set out in notes 5 and 6 of the financial statements. Transactions between the 
Company and its subsidiaries were as follows:

Management services
Dividends received from Group undertakings
Loans (issued to)/repaid by Group undertakings

2019
£'m

1.9
50.0
(1.3)

2018
£'m

1.4
83.0
0.6

Transactions with key management personnel
The key management personnel of the Company comprise the Card Factory plc Board of Directors. Disclosures relating to 
Directors’ remuneration are set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 56 to 70. Directors of the Company control 0.055% of 
the ordinary shares of the Company.

13 DISTRIBUTABLE RESERVES

The retained earnings of the Company are wholly distributable.

126 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Advisors and Contacts

CORPORATE BROKERS 

LEGAL ADVISERS 

AUDITOR

PRINCIPAL BANKERS 

REGISTRARS 

FINANCIAL PUBLIC RELATIONS 

REGISTERED OFFICE

INVESTOR RELATIONS 

UBS Limited
5 Broadgate
London EC2M 2QS
Tel: 020 7567 8000

Investec Bank plc
2 Gresham Street
London
EC2V 7QP
Tel: 020 7597 4000

Linklaters LLP
One Silk Street
London EC2Y 8HQ
Tel: 020 7456 2000

KPMG LLP
1 Sovereign Square,
Sovereign St,
Leeds LS1 4DA
Tel: 0113 231 3000

Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc
Leeds Corporate Office
3rd Floor
2 Whitehall Quay
Leeds LS1 4HR
Tel: 0113 307 8564

Equiniti Limited
Aspect House 
Spencer Road
Lancing 
West Sussex BN99 6DA
Tel: 0371 384 20301

MHP Communications
6 Agar Street
London WC2N 4HN
Tel: 020 3128 8100

Century House
Brunel Road 
Wakefield 41 Industrial Estate
Wakefield West Yorkshire WF2 0XG
Company Registration No: 9002747 
Tel: 01924 839150

CardFactoryMHP@enginegroup.com 
Tel: 020 3128 8100

1 

Lines are open 8.30am to 5.30pm (UK time), Monday to Friday, excluding English public holidays

Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

127

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancialsNotes

128 Card Factory plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019

FSC LOGO TO 
GO HERE

Card Factory plc
Century House
Brunel Road
41 Industrial Estate
Wakefield
West Yorkshire
WF2 0XG

cardfactory.co.uk
cardfactoryinvestors.com